WO2005001312A1 - A mechanical infinitely variable speed transmission - Google Patents

A mechanical infinitely variable speed transmission Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2005001312A1
WO2005001312A1 PCT/CN2004/000576 CN2004000576W WO2005001312A1 WO 2005001312 A1 WO2005001312 A1 WO 2005001312A1 CN 2004000576 W CN2004000576 W CN 2004000576W WO 2005001312 A1 WO2005001312 A1 WO 2005001312A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
transmission
speed
input
traction
output
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2004/000576
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Guobin Wang
Original Assignee
Guobin Wang
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Guobin Wang filed Critical Guobin Wang
Publication of WO2005001312A1 publication Critical patent/WO2005001312A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16HGEARING
    • F16H29/00Gearings for conveying rotary motion with intermittently-driving members, e.g. with freewheel action

Definitions

  • the invention belongs to the field of mechanical design and manufacturing, and particularly relates to the design and manufacturing of a mechanical continuously variable transmission. Background of the invention
  • Continuously variable transmission is a transmission that can continuously and continuously change the transmission ratio. It has a wide range of applications and is especially suitable for: (1) machines with variable process parameters; (2) machines that require continuous changes in speed; (3) Equipment that seeks the optimal working speed; (4) Coordinate the operating speed between several operating units in the drive system of one or more equipment; (5) Slow start: For machines with large inertia or starting with load, use After the continuously variable transmission, it can start with high torque at nearly zero speed, and continuously change speed to the rated speed under load to avoid excessive inertial load, so a prime mover with less power can be used.
  • the mechanical continuously variable transmission can achieve continuously variable transmission, it has the following defects: 1. It is difficult to obtain ultra-low speed output, and the transmission range is relatively narrow; 2 , There are defects such as small transmission torque, low transmission power, etc. 3. Low load-carrying capacity, poor resistance to overload and impact resistance; 4. High processing and lubrication requirements for parts, short life, complex structure and technology, and manufacturing costs High; 5. Large sliding rate and low mechanical efficiency; In addition, some mechanical continuously variable transmissions also have shortcomings such as pulsating output and discontinuous power flow.
  • the transmission power of all friction type continuously variable transmissions depends on a large normal pressing force, which results in an increase in the load on each bearing, and the phenomena of elastic sliding and geometric sliding between transmission bodies are obvious; friction type
  • the effective contact surface of the continuously variable transmission for transmitting power is small. In theory, it is line or point contact, which results in large local stress and even serious work surfaces. Scratches or glues, resulting in low transmission efficiency, limited transmission power, and short transmission life.
  • a continuously variable transmission of a sliding vane chain This transmission is currently the only chain continuously variable transmission that uses a slotted sprocket (toothed sprocket) and a sliding chain to transfer power in a quasi-meshing manner.
  • the reciprocating body components in the pulsating transmission restrict its progress towards the high-speed field.
  • the vibration caused by its unbalanced inertial force and moment of inertia will be significantly intensified at high speeds, and the dynamic load generated by it will cause low mechanical efficiency.
  • the overrunning clutch is the only friction transmission component in the entire body. It also has a series of corresponding shortcomings in friction transmission. It is a weak link in the power chain of the entire mechanism. Its bearing capacity and impact resistance are relatively Low, restricts the pulsation type continuously variable transmission to high power, high efficiency and high speed 4.
  • the multi-phase structure set to reduce the pulsation will cause too many repeated constraints in the system, resulting in the machine's sensitivity to errors and the working environment, reduced efficiency, and increased dynamic load. It complicates the amount of mechanism and the debugging and installation process, so that the failure rate increases and the cost increases.
  • the main object of the present invention is to provide a mechanical continuously variable transmission, which can overcome the shortcomings of the mechanical continuously variable transmission in the prior art above, so as to meet and adapt to the needs of the modern chemical industry, especially the needs of the automotive industry.
  • This mechanical continuously variable transmission combines and expands most of the current continuously variable transmission function points, and realizes a unique non-friction low pairless non-pulsation uniform speed zero-crossing ultra-wide range continuously variable transmission. , It is a new concept of high power and efficient mechanical continuously variable transmission.
  • the equivalent coplanarity is a concept for different rotating rods, that is, a plane having an equal or complementary angle to the rotation plane of the respective rotating rod.
  • the concept of equivalent coplanarity can also be applied to the following analysis of the principle of equiangular velocity co-turning inversion.
  • Point or plane motion in any direction such as: plane pendulum motion, conical pendulum motion; when the rotation axis is perpendicular to the linear rod, it is a plane pendulum motion; when the rotation axis is not perpendicular to the linear rod, it is conical pendulum motion.
  • the conical pendulum motion can be regarded as a collection of microelement plane pendulum motions with common rotation points, that is, the space conical pendulum motion can be decomposed into infinite microelement plane pendulum motions, and the instantaneous motion of any point on the space conical pendulum is a plane motion . Therefore, the above-mentioned equiangular velocity isomorphic motion principle can be applied not only to plane motion but also to space. Exercise.
  • Constant angular velocity The instantaneous rotational angular rate (absolute angular velocity) of the rotating rod is equal;
  • Isomorphic position For the motion in the plane of rotation of the rotating rod, isomorphic position refers to a motion that is equal to or complementary to the angle of the rod itself
  • the directional feature is a directional feature for two or more movements. For example: Two movements have the same shape characteristic, which means that the direction of movement of the two movements in the plane of rotation of the respective rotation lever and the rotation lever. The angles are equal.
  • This concept can also be used to describe the positional relationship between entities, such as: The positional feature expression between the transmission arm and the motion transmission part mentioned below also uses this concept.
  • Iso-regular motion (hereinafter referred to as iso-characteristic motion)
  • iso-characteristic motion One-to-one motion with the same change law, in general terms, that is: if the speed is uniform, all speeds are uniform; if the speed is changed, all speeds are changed; the following refers to:
  • the instantaneous rate ratio of the mass point in the isomorphic direction is equal to the movement characteristic of the distance direction of each point from the center of rotation.
  • the input and output instantaneous rate ratio is always equal to the current nominal transmission ratio at any time during operation.
  • a kind of speed-change characteristic relationship that is, the original motion property before the speed change is not changed after the speed change, and if this relationship is satisfied, it indicates that the speed change mechanism has the speed change characteristics with regularity.
  • the speed and acceleration in this concept are measured by scalars, and do not involve the direction of vector motion.
  • the expressions of speed and velocity have the same meaning.
  • Variable speed power arm and historical speed resistance arm consistent with the concept of lever power arm and resistance arm
  • the shifting power arm refers to: the distance between the center of rotation of the shift lever M and the straight line where the motion axis of the linear motion input member a is located;
  • the shifting resistance arm refers to: the shift center of the shift lever M to the linear motion output member b The distance of the line on which the axis of motion is located.
  • an integral but folding line rotating lever is called a shifting arm; That is to say, the rotating lever in the reciprocating speed changing mode is called a shifting lever, and the rotating lever in continuous rotating speed changing mode is called a shifting arm.
  • shifting arm There is no essential difference between the shifting lever and the shifting arm. It is just a concise and intuitive customary title, only There is a physical distinction between the variable speed power arm and the variable speed resistance arm.
  • the variable speed power arm and the variable speed resistance arm are collectively referred to as an effective variable speed arm.
  • the input shift arm and the output shift arm refer to the driving end and the driven end of the shifting arm, respectively.
  • Speed regulation The process of changing the transmission gear ratio. Speed regulation and speed change are two different concepts. Speed change refers to the process of speed change.
  • m and n are any linear rods with an instantaneous equal angular velocity that rotate around any point on the line where they are located in space.
  • the included angles are complementary.
  • the speeds of points a, b, and c in the direction of the arrow have regular characteristics.
  • the position on the rotating rod can be changed steplessly, and the linear characteristic speed of stepless changes can be obtained.
  • M, M ,, N, N ', and V rotating rods are connected by a constant angular velocity device, with equal instantaneous angular velocity, a, b, cd, e, f, g, h
  • the arrow direction of a point has the same shape feature, so we get:
  • the characteristic linear velocity of movement, and the ratio of the magnitude of the velocity is equal to the distance from the direction of the arrow to the rotation center of each point.
  • steplessly changing the position of each point on the rod can change the linear velocity of the point steplessly.
  • a is a linear motion input part
  • b and c are linear motion output parts, where the motion trajectories of a and b are parallel to each other, and at the moment of motion shown in the figure, the motions of a, b, and c are three.
  • the angle between the trajectory and the shift lever M is exactly equal, and it can be clearly seen that the instantaneous linear rates of b and c are equal, and the linear rates of the three a, b, and c have regular characteristics.
  • the shift lever M When rotation occurs, it will be found that: the motion relationship of a and b can maintain the isomorphic relationship at all times, so that the linear rate maintains regular characteristics, while c can no longer maintain the isomorphic relationship, and the linear velocity with &, b no longer has the same regularity. Characteristics, if you want to guarantee the regular characteristics of c and a, you must change the motion output direction of c at all times. This is obviously not very realistic in practical continuously variable transmission applications. Therefore, c has a difficult implementation. Therefore, b should be adopted as a motion output in practical applications.
  • connection methods of the shift lever are connected by a mobile pair and a rotary pair, as shown in the figure.
  • stepless change of the rotation center position of the shift lever M can achieve stepless speed change.
  • b, c and the moving pair of the shifting pestle overlap at the current position but are independent of each other and do not interfere with each other.
  • the principle of constant angular velocity isomorphic motion is a transient process. Based on the principle of implementability, it can realize continuous and stable continuously variable output.
  • the constant angular velocity isomorphic characteristic motion rule should be constructed to last. Existence, that is, it has the characteristics of isochronous isochronous position in real time during the dynamic process of effective speed change.
  • the specific conditions for achieving this design are: (1) Always ensure that the instantaneous angular rates of the input and output sections of the shift lever are equal;
  • any transmission arm m and its corresponding linear motion transmission piece a are equivalently transformed into the rotation plane of any other transmission arm n and the rotation direction is the same, and the transmission arm m goes around the transmission.
  • the center of rotation is rotated until the position of the arbitrary shift arm n coincides with or is parallel to the shift arm n, and the motion trajectories of the two linear motion transmission members a and b corresponding to the two shift arms ⁇ and n will be parallel or coincide (see the illustration drawing) 4).
  • the instant geometric relationship between the motion trajectory of the transmission arm and the linear motion transmission member in any transmission unit can be passed by the instant geometric relationship between the transmission trajectory and the linear motion transmission member at any other position. Obtained by flipping the space in the same direction.
  • the homomorphic bit relationship can be transformed into a bit-likelihood relationship by the same-space flipping transformation. When this condition is satisfied, it has the characteristics of dynamic real-time constant angular velocity isomorphic motion.
  • This theorem is a design basis criterion for judging whether or not continuous characteristic of continuously variable transmission with equal characteristics can be achieved.
  • Transmission unit Refers to a one-to-one combination of a transmission arm or lever and an associated corresponding motion transmission member.
  • a transmission arm corresponds to multiple motion transmission parts, it is counted as multiple transmission units; the transmission unit may be a motion input part, or a motion output part; as shown in FIG. 3 Three transmission units.
  • Co-directional space flip transformation The transformation process that enables several motion or speed change units to change to the same plane and co-rotation without changing their motion conditions.
  • Effective motion trajectory The motion trajectory of the motion transmission part participating in the variable speed work process.
  • Motion transmission mechanism (a single component is called a motion transmission member):
  • the input and output connection mechanism of the power flow on the shift lever, such as the motion input member & motion output members b and c in FIG. 3 are collectively referred to as a motion transmission member (or a motion transmission mechanism) )
  • Fig. 6 shows the case where the input and output shift arms are not collinear.
  • this figure is a schematic diagram of the theoretical modeling structure, which is only a representation of the path setting relationship of the moving parts and the transformation of the movement state.
  • Figure 6.1 represents the input-output transmission arm fixed-connection type
  • Figure 6.2 represents the input-output transmission arm connected by constant angular gear transmission.
  • Figure 6 ⁇ 1 and Figure 6.2.1 represent the shift arm n and its corresponding motion transmission parts b and c in the two connected situations, respectively.
  • Figure 7 shows a space motion type.
  • the shift arms m and n are connected by a constant angular space bevel gear.
  • the rotation planes of m and n are not in the same plane. That is, at any time, in the effective transmission space, the transmission arm m and its corresponding linear motion transmission member a are equivalently transformed into the rotation plane where the transmission arm n is located, and the rotation direction is ensured to be the same, and then rotate around the transmission rotation center to When the position of the shift arm n coincides with or is placed in parallel at this moment, the movement trajectories of the linear motion transmission members a and b corresponding to the two shift arms 111 and n will be parallel or coincide. Therefore, the space mechanism also satisfies the conditions of stepless speed change of equal characteristics. See Figure 48 for more space mechanisms.
  • the input-output speed change unit can be arranged in different planes.
  • the input-output speed change unit can be designed in any orientation. It has great flexibility in the structural design of the body, which can further optimize the space of the mechanism. Utilization. This initiative is generally designed to address the needs of a particular space layout.
  • the power-to-weight ratio and power-to-volume ratio can be increased through any constant angular velocity transmission mechanism, variation mechanism and related plane, space motion conversion, and transmission mechanism (such as: plane gear, space gear, plane gear train) , Space gear train, shaft, belt, connecting rod mechanism, flexible steel wire shaft transmission, worm gear transmission, constant angular velocity coupling, etc.) to perform constant angular velocity transmission.
  • constant angular velocity transmission mechanism variation mechanism and related plane, space motion conversion, and transmission mechanism
  • plane gear, space gear, plane gear train space gear train
  • Space gear train shaft, belt, connecting rod mechanism, flexible steel wire shaft transmission, worm gear transmission, constant angular velocity coupling, etc.
  • the guiding principle of the principle of equiangular velocity co-rotating position similarity shifting principle is to design a free and flexible space arrangement.
  • the principle of isokinetic isomorphic motion is also applicable to curved motion.
  • the transient process of the microelements of curved motion is straight-line motion.
  • the real-time motion direction of any point of curved motion is in the tangent direction of the point, so the curve motion model can also be based on, etc.
  • Angular speed co-rotation, similarity, shifting principle, guiding principle, design, and other characteristics of the continuously variable transmission can also be based on, etc.
  • Figure 8, Figure 9, and Figure 10 show several types of space and other characteristics.
  • a schematic diagram of the principle of shifting For the motion input and output guide mechanism, refer to the following embodiments.
  • the position of the rotation point k of the shift lever can be adjusted steplessly to change the transmission ratio steplessly.
  • FIG. 10 represents a separate type of input-output transmission unit.
  • the input-output transmission unit is driven by a constant angular space gear.
  • the speed change process of such a device is performed by changing the included angle of the conical pendulum.
  • the scheme of arranging input and output moving parts in a parallel and straight manner has the best overall performance, that is, the power flow is introduced into the shift unit in a linear motion mode, and the three-point and one-line lever of the shift lever is used to shift the speed.
  • the principle changes the rate ratio, and the corresponding linear motion output power can be further converted into rotary motion output as required.
  • This shifting mode is a parallel three-point, one-line shifting mode. The specific conditions are:
  • the input and output parts are located on both sides of the rotation fulcrum, and the input and output movement directions are opposite; the right picture shows the same side transmission, and the input and output parts are on the same side of the rotation point, and the input and output movement directions are the same.
  • Changing any of the three positions can achieve the purpose of shifting speed.
  • the output and input terminals can be determined on the same side or different sides of the fulcrum according to specific needs.
  • the shifting process is generally accomplished by shifting the rotation fulcrum.
  • a parallel (1) to ensure that the motion is transmitted in the same direction, that is: to meet the isomorphic position Characteristics, (2) ensuring that the ratio of the variable speed power arm and the variable resistance arm is constant;
  • the basic framework of the parallel three-point, one-line speed change mode is: The two input and output parts that move in parallel with each other are organically connected by a middle element of a speed change lever to form an integrated set of speed change mechanisms.
  • the gear shifting device can be divided into: to complex type, continuous operation type;
  • the reciprocating transmission mechanism moves through regular characteristics such as the reciprocating swing output of the shift lever.
  • a multi-phase or two-phase device can be used with a certain phase difference to eliminate the interruption of the power flow in the reciprocating commutation zone.
  • the design principles are:
  • Rotary motion is converted to reciprocating linear motion I.
  • the comparison of the part numbers in the drawings is as follows:
  • the input shaft (4) transmits power to the slide bar through the timing belt wheel (1) and timing belt (2).
  • each motion transmission mechanism is connected to the shift lever through a mobile pair and a rotary pair, and the position of the connection point between the rotary pair and the shift lever is fixed.
  • the rotation center shaft 9 is connected to the shift lever using a rotating pair with adjustable turning point position. It is obvious that the trajectories of the linear motion input and output parts are parallel to each other.
  • the speed completely satisfies the conditions of constant angular velocity and isomorphism, so it can output stable and regular motions.
  • the speed can be adjusted by changing the positions of the rotating center shaft 9 and the rotating pair of the shift lever.
  • the rotating pair and the shift lever where the rotating center axis 9 is located are connected by a controllable moving pair M.
  • This controllable moving pair is usually locked and connected to the gearshift lever in a fixed relationship, and unlocked during speed adjustment.
  • you can change the speed by changing the position of the input and output force points on the gearshift lever. .
  • Characteristic movements such as alternate output through unidirectional rotation of multiple shift levers.
  • the design principle is to convert rotary motion to one-way linear motion, one-to-one, parallel three-point, one-line variable-speed mode conversion output, and other characteristics. See the description of the part number for comparison:
  • This mechanism uses continuous unidirectional running linear motion input and output traction timing belts (16, 17) to realize rotation / unidirectional linear motion conversion, and sets multiple shift levers to be evenly distributed at a certain included angle. Alternate rotation combined with the traction timing belt in the same running direction to complete the power transmission work. When the shift lever enters the effective area, it engages with the traction timing belt.
  • the corresponding mutation pattern is shown in Figure 15. Its working principle is similar to the reciprocating type. The key technology is to ensure that each shift lever must guarantee the same shape characteristics when it is combined with the traction timing belt. For speed adjustment, you can take I / O shift arm separate setting type. Summary: The universal type has a moving pair on the shift lever to ensure that the ratio of the power shifting arm and the resistance arm is constant during the non-speed-adjusting operation; the variant has a rotating pair on the shift lever to ensure the input and output of the shift arm. The position of the force point is constant, and the ratio of the variable speed power arm and the resistance arm is constant. Both of them are based on the principle of constant angular velocity and same direction reversal, and have the same angular velocity and homomorphic position conditions in the effective working process, so they can achieve stepless transmission with constant characteristics.
  • the conversion process between uniform rotating motion and hook speed linear motion can be transformed with the help of many current mechanisms.
  • the key of this patent is the constant angular velocity isomorph
  • the motion trajectory of the input-output coupling mechanism is a linear motion, which avoids the design steps of the stepless variable wheel and stepless variable curve body that are currently difficult to solve.
  • Special variable speed motion output can be obtained by changing the arrangement angle of the motion transmission parts, or designing the motion transmission mechanism with curves, arcs, and multi-point polylines, and changing the angle of the shift arm.
  • FIG. 16 where this diagram is a schematic diagram of a theoretical modeling structure, and is only a schematic representation of a path setting relationship and a movement state of a moving part.
  • a solid line represents a shift arm
  • a dotted line represents a trajectory of a moving transmission part.
  • A is a motion input part
  • b, c, and d are motion output parts.
  • Figure 16.1 shows a linear arrangement of the shift arm, a is input at a constant speed, and at the output end, b outputs at an accelerated speed, c outputs at a deceleration, and d decelerates first and then accelerates;
  • Figure 16.2 shows a linear arrangement of the shift arm, a For uniform motion input, at the output end, b and c are used to accelerate the motion output, and d is decelerated first and then accelerated.
  • variable transmission ratio data can be designed according to the requirements of output motion characteristics to allow uniform rotation
  • the movement is output according to the required variable speed form, and a special movement curve is obtained to meet the requirements of special working conditions.
  • Special shift output can also be obtained in ways other than the straight line of the lever itself.
  • This type of transmission is a low-pair transmission, which can be used to replace the cam mechanism in specific occasions, to achieve the effect of low-pair replacing high-pair transmission, improve load capacity, transmission efficiency, compete for low cost, and extend life.
  • Such mechanisms can also be applied in reverse, filtering and shaping specific complex motions and pulsating motions as needed, and outputting them in uniform, near uniform, or other special regular motion forms.
  • This patent adopts a completely different transmission idea from the traditional transmission, and achieves a unique transmission effect. It can easily and quickly realize the easy modulation of any transmission ratio. When the gear position is at zero, it will smoothly cut off the power flow and can be replaced safely. Disengage clutch and set neutral. The speed regulation process does not interrupt the power flow, so that the rate change tends to transition extremely smoothly. The speed regulation process in the running state cleverly and naturally uses the periodic power-assisting effect of the lateral flow of the power flow to achieve a power-assisted speed change.
  • the transmittable torque range has almost no restrictive factors. As long as the space range is suitable, it can transmit arbitrarily large torque, so that the transmission of the present invention is widely applicable to various heavy, light, mini vehicles and other transmission occasions.
  • the whole working process has no large mechanical impact and collision, and has overload protection function.
  • the device's sensitive, free, precise and stable maneuverability makes it extremely easy to achieve automatic control.
  • After adopting the automatic control mode it has an excellent automatic fast wide-range stepless speed change function.
  • the main transmission system of the transmission is a low-pair transmission, with high bearing capacity, reliable operation, stable performance, and extremely wide speed range. It can increase, reduce, zero-cross, and reverse (the transmission characteristics of forward and reverse are exactly the same. Input steering is unconditional) and ultra-near zero and ultra-low speed precision and stable output torque, strong adaptability, long life, easy and simple adjustment.
  • Figure 1 Schematic diagram of isokinetic isomorphic motion
  • FIG. 4 Schematic diagram of the principle of similar angular velocity inversion in the same direction (Part I);
  • Figure 5 Schematic diagram of the principle of similar angular shift in the same direction and in the same direction (two);
  • Figure 6 Schematic illustration of the principle of similar angular shifting in the same direction and in the same direction (three);
  • Figure 7 Schematic illustration of the principle of similar angular velocity in the same direction and reversed position (IV)
  • FIG 8 Schematic of the principle of continuously variable transmission such as space (I)
  • Figure 9 Schematic diagram of the principle of continuously variable transmission such as space (2);
  • Figure 10 Schematic diagram of the principle of continuously variable transmission such as space (3);
  • Figure 11 Geometric model of parallel three-point one-line speed change principle
  • Figure 12 Schematic diagram of parallel three-point one-line speed change mode (a)
  • Figure 13 Principle of parallel three-point one-line speed change (1) Variation mode diagram
  • Figure 14 Principle of parallel three-point one-line speed change (2) schematic diagram
  • Figure 15 Principle of parallel three-point one-line speed change mode (two) Variation mode diagram
  • Figure 16 Diagram of theoretical model of non-equivalence transmission
  • Figure 17 Schematic diagram of constant angular velocity reciprocating continuously variable transmission mechanism
  • Figure 19 Vertical arrangement scheme of the motion conversion mechanism
  • Figure 20 A schematic diagram of a vertical arrangement mechanism of a motion conversion mechanism
  • Figure 21 Assembly diagram of constant angular velocity reciprocating continuously variable transmission
  • Figure 22 Several connection methods of the gearshift lever, linear motion input and output parts, and speed control block;
  • Figure 23 Transmission power flow distribution structure layout scheme of the transmission (2);
  • Figure 24 Arrangement diagram of a spur gear distributor disc type selective clutch mechanism
  • Fig. 25 Schematic diagram of constant angular velocity reciprocating continuously variable transmission mechanism (2)
  • Fig. 26 Rolling contact type mobile pair scheme capable of transmitting torque
  • Figure 31 Structure diagram of electromagnetic selective clutch
  • Figure 33 Cam contour curve unfolded image and analysis of motion pattern image
  • Figure 34 Expansion view of the contour curve of the double-cycle cam
  • Figure 35 Double-roller type linear follower cylindrical cam mechanism
  • Fig. 36 Layout drawing of a disc cam change-over transmission with a linear follower
  • Figure 37 Contour diagram of disc cam and image analysis of motion pattern
  • Figure 38 Double-roller-type linear follower disc cam mechanism
  • Figure 39 Assembly diagram of constant angular constant-speed continuous rotation type continuously variable transmission
  • Figure 40 Structure of speed lock block (1)
  • Figure 41 Structure diagram of speed lock block (2)
  • Figure 42 Structural diagram of internal and external dual-track restraint and pressurization device
  • Figure 43 Assembly drawing and parts drawing of the shift arm assembly
  • Figure 44 Assembly example of practical application of continuously rotating continuously variable transmission
  • Figure 45 Assembly drawing of an electromagnetic traction type transmission
  • Figure 47 Transverse wafer traction type transmission mechanism diagram
  • Fig. 48 A schematic diagram of a space structure type embodiment model of a constant-angle isomorphous continuously variable transmission
  • Fig. 49 A general component symbol table of a mechanism barrel diagram
  • Figure 50 Space transmission mechanism barrel diagram.
  • Timing belt wheel 2. Timing belt 3. Slider 4. Input shaft 5. Moving pair
  • control cam 36 control power transmission shaft 37, feather key 38, flow selection wobble plate
  • Static carrier 72 on both sides, Pressure roller 73, Piston rod 74, Pressure roller, Pulley 76, Brush 77, Electric ring 78, Spring pad 79, Electromagnetic chuck, Movable armature selective friction disc 81, Reset Spring 82, deflector 83, prime mover, cylindrical cam 85, synchronous speed control mechanism 86, inner wall contour cylindrical cam, disc cam 88, cam rotating shaft 89, cam bracket 90, traction timing belt pulley, ring track 92 , Speed lock block 93, Track support 94, Gearshift arm
  • Offside traction spring 96 Offside traction spring 96, traction belt tensioner 97, friction traction surface 98, guide roller, circulation fairway 100, mobile auxiliary sleeve 101, lock block traction lug 102, pressure body 3, pressure roller 104, plus Pressure chain plate 105, flat metal traction belt
  • Figure 17 shows a cylinder diagram of a zero-speed continuously variable transmission of the same angular reciprocating reciprocating type.
  • this diagram is a simplified diagram of the mechanism, which is only a brief description of the principle structure arrangement relationship.
  • Each component is not strictly drawn in the same view direction.
  • Figure 21 please refer to Figure 21; and the direction of the arrow in the figure only represents the type of movement (curve The arrow represents rotation; the straight arrow represents translational movement), and does not represent the specific direction of work movement.
  • This type of transmission includes: input shaft, output shaft, input and output rotary / reciprocating linear motion conversion mechanism, input and output speed locks, input and output speed lock tracks, shift lever, speed control block, speed control track, screw nut Main parts such as speed governing device, current selective clutch and roller, cam control device.
  • Main parts such as speed governing device, current selective clutch and roller, cam control device.
  • the connection and transmission process of the power flow is completed by a series of motion transmission parts.
  • the auxiliary parts used in this embodiment include: a guide rail, a slider, a moving pair, a rotating pair, a gear transmission group, a transmission pin, a speed regulating handle, and a bevel gear transmission group. , Speed transmission chain, etc.
  • the input rotation / linear motion conversion mechanism of the transmission includes timing belt wheels, timing belts, and corresponding auxiliary components such as moving pairs and rotating pairs.
  • the analysis of the motion conversion process is shown in Figure 18:
  • the moving pair is connected, and the timing belt 2 and the slide are connected.
  • the block 20 is connected by a pin 19 and a rotating pair 7.
  • the speed lock pillow 22 obtains a reciprocating linear motion at a uniform speed.
  • the hinge point a enters the arc area of the pulley
  • the speed lock pillow reverses the direction of movement, and the commutation process is simple and harmonic. Movement, smooth reversing, low impact, and the linear running interval of this type of conversion mechanism can be Much larger than the arc transition area, it is very suitable for this type of transmission.
  • the input speed lock 22 transmits power to the shift lever 8 through the transmission pin 19 and the rotation pair 7, and the shift lever rotates around the rotation center axis 9 under the action of the power and passes the power through the slider 20 and the rotation pair 7
  • the pin 19 is transmitted to the movement output piece output lock pillow 26, and the output lock pillow runs along its track under the constraint of the output lock track 25.
  • the input and output lock tracks 23 and 25 are arranged in parallel, the input and output The speed locks 22, 26, the operating point of the shift lever 8, and the 9-axis center of the rotation center axis have a "three-point, one-line” relationship, that is, this transmission mechanism meets the "parallel three-point, one-line” transmission mode; "Three points and one line” is a theoretical model of plane motion.
  • plane motion refers to: the movement of the motion trajectory in the same plane, not all the moving parts in the same plane; the research principles for specific mechanisms are: For plane moving parts that are not in the same plane, they can be transformed into the same plane for analysis, and for space moving parts, the real-time motion rule is analyzed by the micro-element method.
  • the output shaft centerline of the rotation pair 7 (or here the pin rotation axis center line) at the joint of the output lock pillow 26 and the shift lever 8, during the shifting process
  • the "equal-characteristic speed change" can be satisfied. Therefore, if the input speed lock is moving at a constant speed at this time, the output speed lock will also output a linear motion of hook speed with regular characteristics, and the speed ratio is equal to the length ratio of the variable speed power arm and the variable resistance arm at this time, that is: input ⁇ Output the distance ratio between the two action points of the speed lock pillow and the gear shift lever to the center of the rotation center.
  • the speed control block 15 is connected to the nut of the movable member of the screw nut speed control device 24. Rotating the speed control handle 28 can continuously adjust the position of the speed control block to achieve stepless speed change.
  • the transmission's output rotation / linear motion conversion mechanism consists of a timing belt, a timing belt wheel, etc.
  • control type clutch which can be controlled by external signals to selectively transmit torque and filter out motions that do not meet output requirements.
  • This device adopts the input terminal control principle, and only outputs the articulation point a (see Figure 18) at a uniform speed in the linear running area of the synchronous belt (the specific control scheme is shown in Figure 29: Image Analysis below).
  • the power flow path is as follows: the linear motion of the output lock speed pillow is converted into a rotary motion via a transmission pin, a timing belt, and a timing belt pulley, and then the selection clutch main shaft 30 is input, and a slip key is used between the selection clutch main shaft and the selection wobble plate 38 ( Guide key) 37 coupling (in order to reduce friction, ball spline coupling can be adopted, that is, a ball is placed in the spline groove to change the sliding friction into rolling friction, and its specific implementation is shown in Figure 26). At the same time, it can move in the axial direction. The axial movement of the deflection wobble plate 38 is controlled by the motion of the input end of the transmission.
  • the power flow at the input end is introduced by the control power transmission shaft 36, and is transmitted to the control cam 35 via a speed transmission chain composed of a timing pulley and a timing belt (wherein the function of the speed transmission chain is to transfer the torque output by the transmission shaft 36 to a specific
  • the gear ratio drives the control cam to coordinate the pace between the control cam and the shift phase. Therefore, a variety of other transmission methods can be used to build a speed transmission chain, such as the method shown in Figure 25.
  • the cam profile curve is designed according to a certain rule (see Figure 29, ( Figures 30.1 and 30.2). The displacement of the roller 34 is controlled in a timely manner.
  • the displacement of the roller 34 is passed through the selection drive frame 33 (Note: In the illustration, the boundary between the transmission frame and the bevel gear distribution plate is drawn with a dashed line to indicate the space position between the two. There is no mutual interference.
  • the slewing support 43 is transmitted to the flow selection plate 38, and the clutch timing with the bevel gear flow plate 32 on the left and right sides is controlled to achieve the timing of the clutch.
  • the rotational movements of the friction wobble plate in different directions are respectively transmitted to the bevel gear flow plates on the left and right sides, or in other words: let the left and right flow plates only accept A unidirectional torque driving rotation direction, to achieve the purpose of the optional traffic shaping, complete rectification process reciprocating torque power flow, and finally by the bevel gear
  • the group outputs the power flow of the left and right bevel gear distribution plates in parallel.
  • the working steps of the left and right two-phase transmission units differ by 1/4 or 3/4 cycles, that is, when the working step of the left camera group is in the reciprocating commutation interruption interval, the right camera group is just in the best stable and uniform speed working area, and vice versa
  • the alternating operation is smoothly connected to the output shaft, and the parallel current output is continuous and stable power flow.
  • the direction of the output shaft movement can be changed by changing the clutch steps of the current selection pendulum and the left and right flow distribution plates. For example: If the original clockwise torque was transmitted to the left valve plate and the counterclockwise torque was transmitted to the right valve plate, the clockwise torque is now transmitted to the right valve plate and the counterclockwise torque is transmitted to the left valve plate. , Then the purpose of commutation is achieved.
  • This process can be realized by changing the transmission coordination phase of the control cam 35 and the roller 34, wherein: the left and right units should be switched at the same time.
  • the advantage of this type of mechanism is that it can further reduce the reciprocating frequency of the reciprocating motion system, reduce the reciprocating inertia impact, and improve the transmission efficiency.
  • the gear transmission group 18 and the input timing belt drive motion conversion system (its linear running range can be much larger than the arc transition area, which has a frequency reduction effect) have a frequency reduction effect; at the output end, it can be driven by a bevel gear transmission group 31 Speed increase compensation and restoration are performed with the output synchronous belt drive motion conversion system.
  • control cams 35 of the left and right camera groups can be combined to use a single cam for unified control, as long as the rollers 34 of the two stream-selective transmission frames are placed at different positions on the same cam profile, so that the cam control system is the left and right camera groups Shared (can be placed in the middle of the transmission), which reduces control aids by half and simplifies design.
  • Figures 19 and 20 show: The vertical arrangement scheme of the transmission movement conversion mechanism and the corresponding mechanism diagram.
  • the structure, function, and working principle of its components are the same as those shown in Figure 17, the only difference is that:
  • the timing belt and timing belt wheels of the conversion mechanism are arranged vertically in the rotating shaft, which is more suitable for use in some occasions.
  • Figure 21 Assembly diagram of constant angular velocity reciprocating zero-cross continuously variable transmission.
  • the drawings in this patent specification have not been drawn strictly according to engineering drawing standards. Some parts of the figure It is expressed in detail and in a condensed manner.
  • the nut screw speed regulation mechanism in the figure is expressed in a clearer way.
  • the working principle of FIG. 21 is the same as that shown in FIG. 17, but in this figure, a slewing support is formed between the current selective transmission frame 33 and the current selective wobble plate 38 through a current selective pressure plate 39, a thrust bearing 40, and a radial bearing 41. The mechanism is connected to transmit the selective compression force.
  • this method can further reduce the rotational inertia of the slewing system and increase the bearing capacity.
  • the existing slewing support standard parts can be used instead, as shown in the mechanism barrel diagram.
  • Figure 22 shows several ways of connecting the shift lever with the linear motion input and output parts and the speed control block, a represents the linear motion input part, b represents the linear motion output part, and k represents the speed control block and the rotation center axis; where: A, B The type is the same as the corresponding connection relationship in the embodiment of FIG. 21, and the difference between B and A is only in the interchange position of the connection relationship between the shift lever and the linear motion input and output parts.
  • the connection relationship in C is the same as that in FIG. 12, hereinafter
  • the continuous rotation type also adopts this similar structure.
  • the input and output parts of the shift lever in Figure D are relatively separated and connected with each other in a moving pair relationship, while they are connected with the linear motion input and output parts by a rotating pair to achieve the speed change process.
  • the limit position of the trajectory of the shift lever end does not exceed the range of the two parallel lines where the trajectory of the linear motion input and output parts is located. This structure is helpful to reduce the space layout of the transmission, and the separate transmission arm with the telescopic movable auxiliary sleeve 120 mentioned below. The purpose is roughly the same (see Figure 44.3).
  • Figure 23 shows another configuration of the transmission input power flow.
  • This solution uses a pair of transmission gears to input power flow, and splits the power through the shaft ends on the two sides of the same gear, which are respectively transmitted to the synchronous pulleys of the two-phase transmission unit.
  • the mechanism is further simplified, but its disadvantages are: the distance between the shift levers of the left and right camera groups is increased, which is not conducive to the uniform and precise control of the speed control block.
  • the structure shown on the right is better, and the distance between the two shift levers is closer than on the left.
  • Figure 24 Arrangement diagram of a spur gear flow-disc type selective clutch mechanism.
  • the flow-selective clutch uses a flat cylindrical gear flow plate instead of a space bevel gear flow plate, which is beneficial to reducing costs and eliminating or reducing axial loads.
  • the disadvantages are: a transitional reversing gear 47 is added.
  • the axial force of the bevel gear distribution disc type selective clutch can be balanced internally and belongs to the system internal force, which is not reflected externally, and the axial component force on the output shaft is obtained by the bevel gear design of the left and right camera groups. balance. Therefore, the entire system still has good stability in work.
  • Figure 25 Tube diagram (2) of the constant-angle homomorphic reciprocating zero-cross continuously variable transmission mechanism.
  • This solution differs from the mechanism shown in Figure 17 in that: the setting of the current-selection clutch at the power flow output end and the matching speed transmission chain are different.
  • the current selection clutch adopts: the reciprocating torque output by the synchronous belt pulley at the output end is directly transmitted to the bevel gear distribution disk, and the current selection reshaping and the rotation of the left and right rotation rotation distribution disks are periodically performed to complete the current selection shaping and selection. Take one-way rotating power, and output the rectified one-way torque through the main shaft of the selective clutch coupled with the sliding key.
  • the part that reciprocates inside the selective clutch is the flow plate, and the selective swing plate rotates in one direction; the opposite is the case.
  • the design principle here is generally: Take the one with the smaller moment of inertia as the reciprocating rotating part.
  • the speed transmission chain in this figure is: Controlling the power transmission shaft-one space bevel gear-transmission rod-one flat gear-control cam. In specific applications, it can be designed in a flexible and diverse manner according to the actual situation.
  • Figure 26 shows: A series of rolling contact type moving pairs capable of transmitting torque. Since the main shaft of the selective clutch and the selective wobble plate carry the main power flow torque during work, and the number of axial movements is frequent, it is appropriate to adopt rolling pairs. The specific method of connection is shown in Figure 26. This structural part can be produced as a standard part. It is used in various occasions that require torque transmission but axial movement.
  • a rolling type mobile pair with a steel ball circulation track can be adopted, as shown in Figure 26.4
  • its rolling cross-section can be circular, and the existing rolling-type mobile substandard parts can be used.
  • non-circular cross-section rolling type moving standard parts can be adopted; or two or more cylindrical cross-section or non-cylindrical cross-section rolling contact type shifting can be adopted.
  • the standard parts of the moving pair are arranged in parallel and non-coaxial, and used as a shaft, so as to achieve torque transmission while being able to move axially.
  • 4 parallel moving pairs ie: rolling
  • the guide rail is combined into a torque-transmitting mobile pair.
  • the guide rail is connected to the main shaft of the selective clutch, and the slider is connected to the selective wobble plate (where the name of the guide rail and the slider here refers to the existing rolling type mobile pair.
  • the names of the parts in the standard parts do not refer to the part numbers in the drawings of this patent).
  • Figure 27 Series of self-locking control modes of the current-selective wobble plate, as shown in Figure 27.1, a link mechanism 61 with a self-locking function is used to control the current-selective wobble plate 38, so that the control cam is required to control the current-selective wobble only at the time of commutation
  • the effect of the pressure of the disc, once the linkage mechanism is self-locking, the force between the cam and the selective swing plate can be eliminated, so the cam profile curve can be taken as shown in Figure 30.4 ( Figure 30.4 is an expanded view of the cam contour curve)
  • Method The corresponding link mechanism of roller 34 is in the self-locking compression state when in zone a, so the cam contour groove is wide here, and it is in a loose fit state with roller 34.
  • crank link mechanism 64 and the link booster lock mechanism 65 are used for traction control of the selective wobble plate, which has a double locking effect.
  • the link booster lock mechanism 65 is locked in a linear state
  • the crank link mechanism 64 is also in the dead point locked position, which has a more reliable effect.
  • the clamping force application scheme of the clamp type clamping force applying device 66 is similar to the manual forceps, as shown in Figure 28.1.
  • the left tong-type clamping force applying mechanism applies pressure to the flow plate 32 and the selective wobble plate 38 to tightly clamp the two to transmit friction torque, while the right tong-type clamping force applying mechanism is at In the open state, conversely, when the piston rod 73 moves to the left, the right side is clamped and the left side is opened.
  • FIG. 28.1 The clamping power of the clamp type clamping force application device comes from the oil cylinder (or cylinder, traction electromagnet);
  • Figure 28.2 The pressure of the clamp type clamping force application device is mechanically pressurized, and the legend represents eccentricity
  • the cam pressure device can adopt a variety of mechanical pressure methods in practice;
  • Figure 28.3 shows:
  • the power source Such as: oil cylinder, gas rainbow, traction electromagnet, electric motor, mechanical force applying device, etc. It is located far away from the current-selecting wobble plate and distribution plate system, which is conducive to optimizing the space layout setting.
  • a pressure roller 74 can be installed at the clamping force applying end to form rolling contact (see a partially enlarged view in FIG. 28.3).
  • Figures 28.4, 28.5, and 28.6 The closed movable middle pressure member and the static bearing members on both sides are used to pressurize the pressure, and in which:
  • Figure 28.4 is a self-closed pressurized force cam device. Relying on the cooperation between the middle contour groove of the cam and the contour grooves on both sides (see Figure 30.3 for the cam profile curve development view), the effect of closed pressure on the pressure is achieved.
  • FIG 28.5 The stationary bearing member 71 is connected to the fixed frame of the eccentric cam pressure mechanism 67, and the middle movable pressure member 70 is connected to the movable frame portion of the movable member of the eccentric cam mechanism 67 to form a closed pressure system.
  • Figure 28.6 is the same as the pressure principle in Figure 28.5, except that the eccentric cam pressure mechanism is replaced by an oil cylinder (or cylinder or traction electromagnet).
  • the middle movable pressure member 70 is connected to the cylinder piston rod 73, and the stationary bearing members 71 on both sides Connected to the cylinder.
  • the pressure transmission of the pressure-selecting plate to the selective swing plate and the distribution plate can be performed by the slewing support, the thrust bearing, and the pressure roller 72 (see FIG. 28.1).
  • the pressure roller 72, the pressure plate 72, and the force receiving surface portion of the selective flow pendulum that are in contact with it are all carried out by means of a tapered surface with a certain taper to transmit the pressing force) and the like to reduce wear.
  • a strong steel spring with a large elastic coefficient can be added in series between the cam, the selective transmission frame, and the selective swing plate to indirectly press the selective swing plate, as shown in Figure 27.2.
  • the elastic cushioning device 62 in the example such as: relying on a damping spring or the contact of the roller 34 and the cam groove with an elastic material (such as a rubber wheel) instead of pure rigid contact, to convert rigid pressure into elastic pressure, Change line contact to surface contact to reduce vibration shock.
  • the use of spring indirect pressure method can achieve automatic compensation effect.
  • P bar has low manufacturing and installation accuracy requirements, and realizes automatic wear compensation function.
  • the following related cam mechanisms can also adopt this connection method.
  • the contact between the roller and the cam groove can be in the form of rolling contact or fluid lubricated sliding contact.
  • Figure 29 Image analysis of the movement laws of the input speed pillow and the selective wobble plate (displacement-time curve diagram, ie: s-t diagram);
  • a curve represents: st diagram of the movement of the speed lock of the left camera group
  • b curve (dashed line) represents: st diagram of the movement of the speed lock of the right camera group
  • the c curve represents: st diagram of the movement pattern of the left camera group selection plate
  • d curve (dotted line) represents: the st diagram of the movement pattern of the right camera group selection plate
  • (D) below the abscissa indicates: synchronization
  • the trajectory development view of the hinge point a (the driving pin 19) of the belt and the slider 20 is compared with each other at a glance.
  • e curve represents the corresponding situation of the left camera group
  • f curve represents the corresponding situation of the right camera group.
  • the part (B) in the figure indicates: The contour curve of the control cam 35 and the movement pace configuration diagram of the input-side speed lock. Under the control of the cam profile, the current-selection wobble plate is operated at this pace. When the speed-lock pillow is operated in the linear section of the corresponding st diagram, the current-selection wobble plate contacts the flow plate to transmit power; the input speed-lock pillow is in the corresponding st diagram. When the arc section completes the reciprocating reversing operation, the separation of the current-selecting wobble plate and the distribution plate is in an idling transition state.
  • the two camera groups are arranged and matched according to a certain working phase difference to obtain continuous power flow output.
  • the working phase difference is 1/4 or 3/4 cycle (as shown in the figure), but when the linear constant speed running area of the input speed lock is much larger than the commutation area, the phase difference is not strictly taken 1/4 or 3 / 4 cycles, as long as the left and right Han units work in an alternating relay mode to obtain continuous output power flow (the reflection on the image is that the a and b graph lines do not appear at the same time axis on the same time axis);
  • (C) part of the figure shows the running state of the selective swing plate when the transition area of the contour curve of the cam 35 is at the maximum.
  • the current selection plate has a long transition interval. Among them: To ensure the continuous power flow, there must be a certain amount of power transfer between the two phases. Area, so the transition interval should be less than this value.
  • the general principles are: On the premise of ensuring that the smooth and free commutation and the left-right alternative flow plate and the distribution plate can achieve the full synchronous clutch on the premise of increasing the overlap of the two units as much as possible.
  • the situation described in this image is consistent with the state shown in Figure 21 and can be referred to each other.
  • the working speed of the input speed lock and shift lever of the left camera group is in the reciprocating reversing area, and it is impossible to output uniform speed movement.
  • the corresponding flow selection plate is now in the middle position and does not contact the left and right flow distribution plates.
  • the group is in a state of cutoff at the moment; however, the right camera group is now in the best working area.
  • the input and output speed locks make a linear motion at a constant speed, and the current-selection wobble plate makes a constant-speed rotational movement.
  • the current position is in contact with the right-hand distribution disk.
  • the torque is transmitted to the right side of the disk output. If it is in contact with the left side of the disk at this time, the output shaft will output torque in the opposite direction.
  • the connection of the contour curve transition reversing area of the control cam 35 with the work area should be smooth and soft (as shown in the figure "Enlarged View of Reversing Transition Curvature"), so that the swinging pace of the flow selection wobble is in a harmonic state as much as possible. Speed up the pulsation of motion by softening the wobble plate.
  • Fig. 30 Expansion diagrams of several design schemes of the cam profile.
  • the cam profile shown in Fig. 30.1 corresponds to the image (B) in Fig. 29.
  • the cam wheel shown in Fig. 30.2 is designed to make the cam be symmetrically stressed in both directions.
  • the double-cycle periodic contour that is, contains two cyclic periods in the same closed contour curve, so that two rollers can be symmetrically arranged at an angle of 180 degrees to each other to optimize the force effect.
  • the electromagnetic reversing torque is used to select and reshape the output reciprocating torque.
  • the difference lies in that the mechanical attraction force is replaced by the electromagnetic attractive force, which is convenient and accurate. , Fewer peripheral accessories, simple structure and other advantages.
  • the working current of the electromagnetic chuck 79 is introduced by the electric ring 77 and the brush 76 through an external control circuit. With the help of electromagnetic traction technology, its control scheme will become flexible and flexible. Control system to obtain more flexible, precise and diverse control schemes.
  • the electromagnetic chucks are arranged in the two side flow plates.
  • the working pace is the same as that of the mechanical type selective clutch.
  • the electromagnetic attraction force is generated.
  • the movable armature selective friction disc 80 is tightly closed together to complete the torque.
  • the transmission between the movable selective disc 80 and the deflector 82 through the convex-concave gap is coupled with a short-stroke mobile pair, which can transmit torque while being relatively axially moved.
  • the two are implicated by a return spring 81, which is electromagnetic. After the sucker is de-energized, the selector disc 80 is separated from the distribution disc by the reset spring 81.
  • the spring pad 78 on the flow distribution plate also plays a role of assisting resetting.
  • the deflector 82 in this mechanism only reciprocates, does not make axial movement, and is fixedly connected to the main shaft of the selective clutch to transmit torque. Among them: The situation of the legend indicates that the current state is that the right-hand electromagnetic chuck is energized, and the current-selection disc on the right of the deflector and the distribution disc are attracted to transmit torque.
  • the current-selective wobble plate 38 in the mechanical type current-selective clutch can also be directly used for current-selective shaping by the electromagnetic suction cup in the current-distribution disk, but its mass is large and the response is slightly poor.
  • An electromagnetic chuck may also be provided in the deflector disc 82, and the movable armature selective friction disc 80 is connected to the side flow discs through a moving pair.
  • the deflector rotates back and forth, and the effect is not good.
  • the deflector is rotated in one direction, and the two sides of the deflectors are reciprocated. Therefore, in such a mechanism mode, an electromagnetic chuck should be set in the deflector.
  • Fig. 32 Cylindrical cam-shift gearbox series of direct-acting followers:
  • the input rotation / linear motion conversion mechanism in this solution is circled by a linear follower. It is composed of a cylindrical cam mechanism, a cylindrical cam 84 is a rotary motion active part, and the input lock 22 and the roller 34 are fixedly connected to form a roller direct follower.
  • the movement rule is controlled by the cam profile.
  • the rational design of the contour curve can achieve the schedule. Movement pacing, due to the design flexibility of the cam contour curve, the movement trajectory of the straight-moving follower can also achieve the movement conversion effect in the mechanism of FIG.
  • the left and right two-phase transmission units are identical in structure, but the operating phase difference is 1/4 or 3 / 4 cycles, on a single-cycle working contour cam, the roller direct-moving follower composed of the two sets of input locks 22 and rollers 34 are fixedly arranged at a phase difference of 90 degrees (as shown);
  • cam contour It can also be designed as a multi-period type as required.
  • the contour curve is a dual-period type.
  • the input speed lock of each camera group is pulled by two rollers that are symmetrically arranged at 180 degrees to each other. Optimize the force effect.
  • the output rotation / linear motion conversion mechanism of this transmission is composed of a gear and a rack mechanism.
  • the rack 11 is fixedly connected to the output lock pillow 26, and the linear lock of the lock pillow 26 is converted into a rotary motion by meshing with the gear 12. It meshes with another same gear, and the two gears are respectively connected to an overrunning clutch, and the clutch rotation directions of the two overrunning clutches are the same. Because the rotation directions of the two meshing gears are opposite, the two clutches work in complementary states, and the two overrunning clutches pass through the other end shaft respectively.
  • the upper gear meshes with a common gear to output one-way torque.
  • Figures 32.4 and 32.5 The schematic diagrams of the two-way continuous working overrunning clutch mechanism are shown in Figures 32.4 and 32.5, where: Figure 32.4 consists of 5 spur gears and 2 overrunning clutches.
  • the two overrunning clutches work alternately in turns to achieve continuous output torque in the Chinese direction.
  • the dynamic process is as follows: When the gear meshing with the rack rotates clockwise, the upper overrunning clutch works, and the lower clutch is in an overrunning idle state. Conversely, when it rotates counterclockwise, the lower overrunning clutch works and the upper overrunning idler.
  • Figure 32.5 there are 1 spur gear, 3 bevel gears, and 2 super gears.
  • the overrunning clutch is composed of an overrunning clutch on each side of the gear meshing with the rack, and the two overrunning clutches respectively output a one-way torque through meshing with a bevel gear and a common bevel gear.
  • the rotary motion output by the rack-and-pinion rotary / linear motion conversion mechanism can also be directly input to the selective clutch disclosed above for current selective shaping to complete the one-way rotary motion output.
  • This rack-and-pinion conversion mechanism and double overrunning clutch mode can also be used in other transmission-type mechanisms, such as in the mechanism of Figure 21.
  • Figure 32 lists several typical layout structures.
  • Figure 32.1 structure is conducive to reducing the longitudinal size of the body;
  • Figure 32.2 structure is conducive to reducing the horizontal size of the body;
  • the layout of Figure 32.3 is more compact, but the two-phase transmission unit is far away, which is not conducive to unified speed regulation.
  • the synchronous speed control transmission mechanism 85 is needed to connect the two-phase speed regulation system to achieve integrated control.
  • Figure 32.6 is a diagram of a cylindrical cam movement conversion mechanism with a working wheel on the inner wall. This solution uses the inside of the cam as a working space. It can design a larger cam working wheel without increasing the outer size of the body, which is beneficial to Without reducing the linear velocity, the linear motion with lower reciprocating frequency is output, and the body layout is further compacted.
  • Figure 35 In order to improve the transmission accuracy of the cam mechanism of the linear follower, the cam and follower can be closed as shown in Figure 35, where: Figure 35.1 is a double-roller concave contour grooved cylindrical cam mechanism; Figure 35.2 is a double-roller Convex-shaped grooved cylindrical cam mechanism. These two closed forms are tightly contacted with the groove wall surfaces of the cam wheel gallery groove on both sides through the double rollers that can freely rotate with each other. They are pure rolling contacts with high transmission accuracy and low wear. , Low noise and other advantages.
  • Figure 36 Layout diagram of a straight-acting follower disc cam conversion type transmission.
  • This solution uses a straight-acting follower disc cam mechanism as the input rotation / linear motion conversion mechanism of the transmission. It is obvious:
  • the disc cam structure is more conducive to compact design.
  • Two-phase variable speed units can be set on both sides of the same disc cam to optimize the space layout. In order to make the two-phase speed-changing unit's speed-locking tracks parallel to each other so as to uniformly adjust the speed with a relatively simple synchronous speed-adjusting transmission mechanism 85, and ensure the two-phase
  • the unit works alternately to output continuous power flow, and the phase of the wheel gallery layout on both sides of the disc cam should be arranged 1/4 or 3/4 cycles apart as shown in the diagram. See the front view, top view, and left view.
  • the lines and dashed lines represent the curve of the front and back of the cam, respectively. To simplify and improve the speed regulation accuracy, it can also be arranged as shown in Figure 36.1. In this case, the disc cams of the two-phase transmission unit need to be set separately.
  • Figure 37 Contour curve of the disc cam and analysis of the image of the movement pattern.
  • the contour curve design of the disc cam is similar to that of the cylindrical cam.
  • the purpose is also to make the motion trajectory of the linear follower achieve the motion conversion effect in the mechanism of Figure 21.
  • the input speed lock achieves the motion regular effect as shown in part A of the image in FIG. 29:
  • the linear region moves at a constant speed, and the transitional reciprocating commutation region shows a simple harmonic motion.
  • (I) the graph represents a single-cycle type
  • (II) the graph represents a double-period type
  • (III) the graph represents a 4-period type.
  • the disc cam rotates once, and the corresponding follower completes 1, 2, and 4 reciprocating working cycles respectively.
  • the respective dynamic motion images are obtained.
  • the abscissa can be replaced by the time axis, see the corresponding figure on the right. Among them: the abscissa represents the rotation period of the disc cam;
  • Figure 38 Double-roller type straight-moving follower disc cam mechanism, similar to the scheme in Figure 35, the disc cam and follower are closed in the form of a double-roller and cam profile groove that can rotate freely between each other The walls are in tight contact.
  • Figure 38.1 is a double-roller concave contour grooved disc cam mechanism
  • Figure 38.2 is a double-roller convex contour grooved disc cam mechanism.
  • the solid line section represents the profile profile of the disc cam AA
  • the two-dot chain line profile represents the profile of the disc cam BB to the rim.
  • the contour curves on both sides are so arranged for the two-phase transmission unit.
  • the speed-locked tracks are parallel to each other to ensure that the two camera units work alternately to lose Out continuous power flow.
  • Figure 39 Assembly diagram of constant angular constant-speed continuous rotation type continuously variable transmission
  • Figure 39.1 is a barrel diagram of this type of transmission mechanism
  • This type of transmission generally includes: input shaft, output shaft, input and output traction timing belt pulleys, tensioning wheels, input and output traction timing belts, pressurization devices, variable speed rotation assemblies, ring guides, speed governing devices and other components.
  • variable-speed rotation assembly is composed of a certain number of variable-speed arms with a common rotation center and a speed-locking block that cooperates with the moving pair.
  • the variable-speed arms on the same line are in a fixed state, and the variable-speed arms on different lines are within a certain range. It has independent degrees of freedom of rotation, see FIG. 43 for details.
  • the shift arms are connected by an offside traction spring 95, which can compensate for the "angular speed difference between the shift arms in different working areas "Vibration" effect (refers to: in the working area combined with the traction belt, due to the uniform speed movement of the traction belt and the radial movement of the lock block on the gear shift arm, the gear shift arm presents a certain regular speed pulsation phenomenon. The fluctuation rates on the shift arms of different working phases are different, which results in the instantaneous angular velocity differential phenomenon between different shift arms).
  • the offside traction springs connected to each other can be used to complete the transition.
  • the two-way balanced elastic action of the offside traction spring can also automatically and instantly eliminate the angular displacement offset phenomenon formed by the shifting arm in the working area, and restore the state of the angle between the shifting arms.
  • the alternate operation of multiple shift arms is equivalent to the alternate operation of multiple units, so the shift arms at different phases can have different angular velocities.
  • (1) Flat type traction belt a: metal type—a hole-shaped metal sheet laminated timing belt formed by stacking multiple layers of perforated thin metal belts (perforated annular metal sheets on top), each layer of metal The hole layers on the belt correspond to the meshing holes, which mesh with the meshing teeth on the special traction timing pulley, as shown in Figure 39.3; b: non-metallic type-one-by-one non-metallic flat belts. Its working structure principle is similar to that of the metal type.
  • the only difference is that: due to the flexibility of the non-metals, it is not necessary to adopt a multi-layer thin belt superposition, and it can be set by a thicker single-layer integrated method; of which: special organic materials
  • the strength is no less than that of metal, so a traction belt made of a suitable non-metallic material can also transmit a large amount of power.
  • the advantages of using a flat traction belt are: the pressurized chain plate attached to it is in flat contact, and the pressure area is large; the driven tensioning pulley does not need to be toothed, it can be a smooth wheel, thereby reducing costs and reducing The meshing holes of the belt are worn and noisy.
  • the timing belt in the aforementioned reciprocating transmission type can also use a metal belt to increase strength and reduce volume, and has the advantages of high efficiency, large carrying capacity, compact size, and long life.
  • Combined traction belt, a a parallel combination of a flat belt and a toothed belt; as shown in the traction belt used in FIG. 42, it can be seen from the enlarged sectional view of the left view: the middle compression area of the traction belt is a flat belt, The synchronous traction areas on both sides are toothed belts.
  • the pressure device is separately shown from the pressure chain plate device, that is, only the pressure body 102 and the pressure roller 103 are drawn on the left. Device, only the pressurizing chain plate 104 and the chain plate tensioning wheel 106 are shown on the right side. In practice, both sides are the same, as shown in the top view.
  • the layered combination of flat metal belt and non-metal toothed belt is mainly used for electromagnetic traction; as shown in the composite electromagnetic traction belt used in Figure 45, the inner layer is a non-metal toothed meshing layer. The pulley meshes to achieve synchronous traction.
  • the outer layer is an electromagnetic traction traction layer made of a ferromagnetic metal sheet material. It is used to achieve magnetic traction and pressure traction with the electromagnetic chuck.
  • the electromagnetic traction belt can also use the flat type shown in Figure 39.3. Metal traction belt.
  • the input power of the input shaft 4 flows through the traction synchronous belt pulley 90 and is introduced into the flat metal traction belt 105.
  • the input and output traction belt groups are respectively two parallel side by side.
  • the traction belt is composed of two parts, as shown in the figure A and B.
  • the working sides of the two opposite traction belts run in the same direction and the speed is synchronized.
  • the working surfaces of each traction belt are pressed by a pressure device. , Pressurizing roller 103, pressurizing chain plate 104, etc.
  • the speed-locking block is tightly clamped to transmit power by friction traction transmission.
  • the speed lock block and the shift lever are connected in a moving pair relationship, and can move freely along the shift lever.
  • the slide arm of the speed change arm and the moving sub sleeve on the speed block constitute a mobile pair link, which can be directly formed by the cooperation between the two.
  • the mobile pair can be lined with a low friction material sliding sleeve and lubricating oil), can also use a variety of existing rolling type mobile pair, as shown in Figure 39.2, while the speed lock block itself can freely rotate around the speed rotation axis 112, about
  • the details of the speed-lock block are shown in the relevant parts of Figures 40, 41, and 42 to achieve free movement and rotation while transmitting power.
  • the circular guide 91 is the running track of the speed lock block.
  • the effective motion trajectory after being combined with the traction belt is determined by the effective working surface of the traction belt and the effective working area of the circular guide.
  • the circular guide is composed of the linear area (working area) and the arc of the track.
  • Area (transition zone) consists of trajectory constrained positioning and guidance for the speed lock block, and its input and output working area guide rails are parallel to each other to ensure that the speed lock block can achieve real-time and other characteristics of speed change when it is effectively working, that is:
  • the design principle is: The range of the linear area of the ring guide should be longer than the length of the effective working area of the traction belt, that is, the effective working area of the traction synchronous belt can only be entered when the speed lock block is fully linear.
  • the main advantage of this solution is that it converts the reciprocating operation of the shift lever into continuous unidirectional rotation, eliminating a series of reciprocating linear motion conversion links and running smoothly. And high efficiency.
  • the mechanism uses continuous unidirectional input and output traction timing belts to operate a series of continuously circulating shift arms that have a common rotation center in the variable speed rotation assembly and are distributed at a certain angle.
  • Corresponding lock blocks are alternately combined to realize power transmission. Continuously adjusting the position of the central axis of the variable-speed rotation by the speed-adjusting handle can achieve stepless speed change.
  • the input and output sections are basically the same in structure; for example: the input / output traction belt and the input / output traction pulley mechanism are basically the same, which is beneficial to simplicity Design, reduce production costs.
  • Figure 40 Structure of speed lock block (1)
  • Figure 41 Structure of speed lock block (2)
  • Figure 42 Structure of internal and external dual-track restraint type and pressure device
  • the speed lock block includes: a speed lock positioning base 111, a radial bearing 41, a speed lock rotation shaft 112, a moving auxiliary sleeve 100, a speed lock traction lug 101, a speed lock pressure bearing connection body 110, and friction Traction surface 97, guide roller 98.
  • the speed-locking rotating shaft 112 is fixedly connected to the moving auxiliary sleeve 100, and forms a rotating pair connection with the speed-locking positioning base 111 through the radial bearing 41.
  • the speed-locking positioning base 111 is pressure-connected to the speed-locking lug 101 and the speed-locking block.
  • the body 110 and the friction traction surface 97 are fixedly connected to form the main body frame of the speed lock.
  • the friction traction surface 97 is actually the outside of the traction lug 101 of the speed lock.
  • the material is selected from the material with a large surface friction coefficient combined with the work of the traction belt.
  • the block pressure connecting body 110 connects the two symmetrical halves, and mainly bears the pressing force of the speed lock block from the traction belt.
  • the pressure connecting body 110 is designed as As shown in the figure, for the same reason, in order to avoid the movement interference in the arc area of the track, the speed-lock positioning base 111 is designed as shown in the figure (the preferred embodiment), and it is aligned with the guide roller 98 and the ring guide 91.
  • the middle wheel and the speed positioning base cooperate to lock the main body of the speed lock block.
  • the guide rollers on both sides constrain the degree of freedom of the lock block to a specific range to ensure that the lock block stays upright when entering the linear area of the ring guide. In the case of lower accuracy, the middle can also be removed.
  • Roller which uses two guide rollers and speed-locking positioning seat installed symmetrically to limit the running trajectory.
  • the locking block traction ear plate 101 can be designed as a sector or an offset offset type to obtain a more concentrated and effective space utilization rate, thereby improving the space layout on the basis of the total area of the ear plate and obtaining a larger Gear ratio range.
  • the speed lock block can be designed as a two-half mating type, and the two halves are connected into one by bolt 114. As shown in Figure 41, the speed lock block works under pressure, so the strength of the bolt Not too demanding.
  • a guide opposite roller 113 can be added to the speed-locking positioning base 111, which is reflected in the front view, that is, a directly below the middle guide roller, as shown in FIG. 40. , 40.1.
  • the solution in FIG. 41 can also be adopted, and the speed-locking positioning base 111 is designed to be circular, and a large radial rolling bearing is equipped on the outer surface to implement rolling guidance.
  • the dual-track constrained-guided speed lock block in Fig. 42 can also adopt full rolling contact guidance.
  • a guide roller can be set to convert the sliding guidance into rolling guidance.
  • the inner and outer dual-track constraints run in the middle of the dual-track and have a symmetrical structure.
  • the dual-track paired-clip-locking speed positioning seat is a constraint-guided type
  • the same large rolling bearing cannot be used to achieve the effect of rolling guidance.
  • large rolling bearings do not contact the inner and outer tracks at the same time.
  • this guide rail only serves as an auxiliary guide, while the track arc transition area has no precision requirements for the guidance, and only requires high accuracy within the short range of the track entering the work area.
  • each speed-locking block can be cross-combined.
  • the thrust bearing type in FIG. 42 can also adopt FIG. 40.
  • the speed lock block should minimize the mass and size of the traction lug on the cornerstones that meet the strength and traction ability, in order to reduce the rotational inertia of the rotating system and the working space, and obtain more Wide range of gear ratios.
  • FIGs 4, 42.1, 42.2, and 42.3 are related diagrams of the pressure device of the patent.
  • the pressure device includes a pressure body 102, a pressure roller 103, a pressure chain plate 104, a chain plate tensioning wheel 106, and the pressure of the pressure body. It is transferred to the pressure chain plate by the pressure roller.
  • the pressure chain plate is composed of a single row of convex and concave mating and overlapping chain plates hinged by the chain plate pins 116. As shown in Figure 42.2, the two rows of chain plates can be overlapped and overlapped with each other.
  • the combination is shown in Figure 42.3, so as to achieve uninterrupted contact pressure with the pressure roller 103 and achieve a stable and continuous pressure effect.
  • the other side of the pressure chain plate is in contact with the inner side of the traction belt, and evenly transmits the pressure to the traction belt.
  • the pressurizing power of the pressurizing body 102 may be a pre-compressed spring force, a mechanical rigid force, an electromagnetic force, a hydro-pneumatic force, and the like.
  • the traction belt and the lock block of this type of transmission are fully synchronous tangential clutches, there is no geometric sliding, and it is easy to achieve precise pressure. Therefore, it can also be adopted. Compact in a rigid manner.
  • the shift arm assembly is composed of a certain number of shift arms with a common rotation center. Due to the "angular velocity differential vibration" effect between different shift arms when entering the work area, the shift arms on different straight lines cannot be fixedly connected. Connection as shown: Transmission arm on the same straight line It is fixedly connected through the same coupling ring that cooperates with the radial bearing. The transmission arms on different straight lines are connected through different coupling rings that have a common rotation axis. They have independent degrees of freedom for rotation within a certain range. With transitional offside and centering issues when entering the arc area of the ring guide rail, the shifting arms are connected to each other by an offside traction spring 95.
  • Figure 43.1 shows the axial arrangement schemes of different coupling rings, which have smaller radial dimensions, and are used in the field of speed regulation with large gear ratios.
  • Figures 43.2 and 43.3 show the radial arrangement schemes of different coupling rings, which have superimposed radial dimensions and have relatively large The large radial size is used in the area where the speed adjustment range is small.
  • a symmetrical connection can be adopted as shown in Figure 43.3.
  • the situation shown in the figure is not removable. The removable type is bolted at the corresponding welding place in the figure.
  • the axial arrangement of different coupling rings can also increase the balance reinforcement rib 119 for symmetrical connection; as shown in Figure 43.4, this illustration is detachable, and the reinforcement rib 119 and the transmission arm are adopted.
  • Bolted connection When the speed adjustment range is small, the shifting range of the shifting arm is small, which can reduce the number of shifting arms to simplify the structure. As shown in Figure 43.5, the three pairs of shifting arms have a compact and symmetrical structure.
  • the effective working area of the traction belt is short and the speed adjustment range is small, there will be no situation where three adjacent transmission arms are combined with the traction belt at the same time, that is, three adjacent transmission arms will not participate in the work at the same time.
  • Fig. 44 Assembly drawing of continuous rotation type continuously variable transmission.
  • the parallel and vertical assembly process of input and output traction belts is generally adopted.
  • the advantages of this are: (1) the translation direction of the variable speed rotation assembly is horizontal in speed adjustment, which facilitates easy speed adjustment; (2) traction The belt runs vertically, and will not cause slight deflection due to the influence of gravity. Good transmission ratio stability and strong anti-interference performance; (3) It is convenient to retain the traction oil film on the traction belt, and it is automatically and uniformly distributed under the combined effect of gravity and traction motion; (4) It is beneficial to the shifter arm to better transition to offside and The angle return is sufficient to fully recover the pulsation deviation phenomenon of the rotational angular displacement.
  • the gear shifter adopts a retractable design.
  • the gear shifter is divided into two, and the two parts are connected in a movable pair relationship through a telescopic movable auxiliary sleeve 120.
  • the inner part is connected to the gear arm coupling ring, and the outer part is connected to the speed lock.
  • the blocks are connected in a rotating pair relationship, and the mobile pair is cancelled, so that during the shifting process, the limit position of the trajectory end of the shifting arm does not exceed the space surrounded by the outer ring guide rail.
  • the other structure of the lock block is roughly the same as the previous one. Details can be Refer to the related drawings of Figs. 40, 41, and 42.
  • the peripheral ring guide can also be combined into an integrated type by the bilateral setting structure described above. If the return spring 81 is installed in the moving auxiliary sleeve 120, the inner rail can also be removed, as shown in the figure. This structure can greatly reduce the transmission space size.
  • Fig. 45 Assembly drawing of electromagnetic traction transmission
  • the combination process of the traction timing belt and the speed lock block adopts electromagnetic suction traction.
  • the speed lock block includes an electromagnetic chuck 123, a speed lock positioning base 111, a radial bearing 41, a speed lock rotation shaft 112, and a moving auxiliary sleeve.
  • the corresponding electromagnetic traction belt is a composite electromagnetic traction belt, as shown in the figure:
  • the inner layer is a non-metal toothed meshing layer that meshes with the timing belt wheel to achieve synchronous traction, and the outer layer is an electromagnetic made of ferromagnetic metal sheet material
  • the suction traction layer is used to realize magnetic suction and pressure traction with the electromagnetic chuck;
  • the variable speed rotation assembly includes a speed variator 121, a radial track 122, and an electromagnetic lock block.
  • the interlocking working pace of the lock blocks on different straight lines is achieved through electromagnetic control, thereby eliminating the "angular speed differential vibration" effect between different shift arms when entering the work area, so each shift arm can adopt an integrated approach
  • the arrangement as shown in the figure, adopts an integrated disc-type shifting structure.
  • the mobile sub-sets 100 of all the speed-locking blocks cooperate with the radial track 122 on the shifting plate 121 and are guided by the ring guide 91 at the same time.
  • the working current of the electromagnetic chuck is introduced by the external control circuit through the brush, electric ring, sliding static contact piece, and moving contact piece.
  • the control follows the "interlock priority" control principle: the speed of the electromagnetic chucks of the lock blocks on the same line is the same.
  • the speed-locking block is electrified, that is, only one pair of collinear electromagnetic chucks can work at any time, and it is controlled according to the principle of priority, which always makes the speed-locking block in the best force state work preferentially. .
  • the electromagnetic attraction force is the internal force of the system, and the system balances itself locally without the need for a pressure device.
  • the control method is flexible, convenient and easy to adjust. Because it can ensure interlocking traction, it can get more
  • the large boost interval achieves the same quick and easy speed adjustment effect as the wide boost interval with the reciprocating effect.
  • the electromagnetic shifting disk belongs to the solid shaft type. All the speed-locking blocks are set on the same rotating body.
  • the integrated disc shifting system has a reasonable structure, simple and reliable, stable operation and smooth offside.
  • the single-track restraint type of Figure 39 can also be adopted.
  • the electromagnetic chuck can be designed as a square, sector or offset type to obtain more concentrated and effective space utilization. On the basis of the total area of the suction cup being improved, the space layout is improved to obtain a wider range of speed ratios.
  • the electromagnetic traction belt can also be a flat metal traction belt as shown in Figure 39.3.
  • the speed-locking positioning seat can also add radial rolling bearings as shown in Figure 42.4 to reduce wear.
  • this electromagnetic interlocking control method can not have overlapping working areas at the time of alternate working of different speed-locking blocks, so there is a power flow micro-gap interruption interval.
  • double The unit works in a staggered cross-relay mode, eliminating this transient power flow interruption zone (as shown in Figure 45.1) and obtaining a stable continuous power flow output.
  • the traction belt works on both sides.
  • the traction belt wheel can be designed as a two-wheel drive, that is, both the driving wheel and the driven tensioner are set as the driving wheel, and the traction timing belt is worked together.
  • Fig. 46 Derivative series of electromagnetic traction transmission
  • the solution shown in Figure 46.1 is an enhanced design for the unilateral stress conditions of the speed lock block in Figure 45.
  • electromagnetic chucks are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the speed lock block, and double sets of traction belts are used to transmit power to increase the load. Capacity, suitable for high power occasions.
  • a two-phase or multi-phase parallel transmission unit can be set up to divide the original number of speed lock blocks into two or more component phase settings to reduce the number of speed lock blocks in each camera group.
  • the electromagnetic control pace is still equivalent to the single-phase type, that is, it is controlled according to the principle of "interlock priority" in the range of multiple camera groups.
  • the effects of interrupting the micro-gap power flow and expanding the gear ratio can be achieved at the same time.
  • a set of speed-locking blocks are evenly distributed in each phase transmission disc, and the phases and phases are connected by elastic couplings; as shown in Figure 46.2, the radial track distribution on the left and right transmission discs is shown in the right figure.
  • This elastic coupling 127 is equivalent to the action of an offside traction spring 95. It makes the two phases not only implicate each other, but also maintains a certain degree of freedom of rotation. On the basis of smooth traction, the "angular velocity differential vibration" effect is eliminated, so that there is no need for interlock control between the two phases.
  • the speed lock blocks between different phases allow the existence of electrified crossover and overlapping work areas, eliminating the phenomenon of micro-gap power flow interruption. Continuous power flow output is obtained through complementary work of the speed lock blocks between the two phases.
  • the left and right transmission discs in the 46.2 illustration transmit power through the two sides of the same traction belt, and the transmission discs rotate in opposite directions. This coupling is a reverse elastic coupling;
  • the mechanical traction type transmission shown in FIG. 39 can also adopt the split-phase setting method as shown in FIG. 46.2, so that the number of speed-locking blocks in the variable-speed rotation assembly of each phase is reduced, and the included angle of the transmission arm is increased.
  • the phase-to-phase elastic connection is used to eliminate the "angular velocity differential vibration" effect, thereby obtaining a wider range of speed changes.
  • the design principle is: The phases of the traction belt are connected, and the phases of the variable-speed rotating assembly are connected in an elastic coupling manner.
  • the transmission structure can be arranged as shown in Figure 46.3.
  • the electromagnetic traction belt and the electromagnetic lock block are radially arranged, and the shifting arm is designed for scalability.
  • the detailed structure is shown in Figure 44.3. .
  • Figure 47.1 is a simplified diagram of this type of transmission mechanism. This solution is roughly the same as the overall mechanism of the type in FIG. 39, with the following differences:
  • the combination of the traction belt and the speed lock block is different, and the transverse clip is used for traction.
  • the The side-mounted speed lock block 128 has a simple structure, the speed lock positioning base 111, the speed lock rotation shaft 112, the radial bearing 41, and the mobile auxiliary sleeve 100 are all located on the outer side of the pressure traction body 129 of the speed lock block, and cooperate with the shift arm.
  • the swing space of the moving pair is not limited by the interference of the lock block, and there are no components inside the pressure-bearing traction body 129, which is conducive to reducing the size of the lock block and optimizing the force design.
  • the details are shown in Figure 47.2.
  • This figure is a unilateral pressure-bearing traction body. Although there is a biased component, the structure is simple. In the case of high power, pressure-bearing traction can be set symmetrically on both sides of the shift arm moving sub-set 100. And add a set of traction systems, as shown in Figure 47.1.
  • Figure 47.3 is a simplified mechanism for the solution shown in Figure 39 above. It adopts a unilateral traction belt to press and lock the speed lock block. The other side balances the pressure by a balance pressure bearing device. As shown in the figure, it depends on the balance bearing on the transmission arm. The contact between the pressure roller 130 and the balance pressure plate 131 balances the pressing force of the pressure device on the speed lock block. At this time, the speed lock block also becomes half, as shown in Figure 47.3.1, thereby simplifying the structure, Reduced moment of inertia. In addition, in order to further simplify the mechanism, the roller balancing device can also be removed, but in this way, the variable speed rotation assembly will be subject to a large axial force, which can be solved by adding thrust bearings in the axial direction.
  • the balance plate In order to improve the force contact surface, a cone wheel surface contact can be adopted, but the balance plate needs to move synchronously with the speed control block, so that the central axis of the balance pressure plate 131 is always coaxial with the variable-speed rotation central axis 9.
  • the balance plate In general, the balance plate can be fixed and stationary.
  • Fig. 48 Model tube diagram of the embodiment of the space structure type of the constant angular isomorphous continuously variable transmission
  • Fig. 48 Model tube diagram of the embodiment of the space structure type of the constant angular isomorphous continuously variable transmission
  • the speed lock track is arranged in a direction perpendicular to the drawing.
  • the section in the figure is the vertical section of the speed lock track, as shown in Figure 21.
  • the speed lock pillow is along the speed lock track in the direction perpendicular to the drawing as shown in the figure.
  • the moving pair marked with k in the figure acts as a speed control block. It only moves in the direction of the arrow during the speed adjustment process and is usually in a static state. This is the difference from other moving pairs: it is allowed to lock in the direction perpendicular to the drawing.
  • the speed pillows move along the parallel direction of the speed lock track, as shown in Figures 48.2 and 48.4.
  • the m rod fixed to the speed lock is the equivalent speed track of the speed control block k, so as long as it is not relative to the direction of the speed track Movement does not change the transmission ratio.
  • Any speed change unit (lock speed pillow, speed lock track and corresponding speed change arm combination) shown in the picture can be designed as the transmission input or output speed change unit, that is: if one speed change unit is used as the input speed change unit, the other The transmission unit is an output transmission unit, and vice versa, both can be used interchangeably.
  • the input and output shift units (speed lock pillows, speed lock rails, and shift arms) in Figure 48.1 are located on the same level and are symmetrically arranged.
  • the input and output shift arms are separated from each other and can be flexibly extended through a set of head ends at both ends.
  • the variable constant angular double universal joint 132 connects the two shift arms, that is, the torque of the shift arm around the rotation center axis can be transmitted to the other variable shift arm through the constant angular double universal joint 132, Make the two transmission arms have the characteristics of constant angular velocity motion, and the relationship between the input and output transmission units meets the "equal angular velocity reversal position similarity shift principle", and the position of the speed control block k can be changed steplessly by stepless movement.
  • the structure has “equilibrium continuously variable transmission characteristics".
  • the input-output transmission unit can be rotated at any angle about the rotation center axis 9 to constitute a space transmission type.
  • the "space shift type” here refers to the movement relationship between the input and output motion transmission members is a space motion type, which is different from the "special space shift structure type”.
  • the two shift arms are fixedly connected.
  • Each lock and the speed control block k are in a mobile pair relationship when the speed is adjusted, and they are fixedly connected when the speed is not adjusted. They are connected to the corresponding shift arm through the corresponding rotary pair and mobile pair.
  • the speed-changing device steplessly adjusts the position of the speed control block k in the direction of the arrow, and changes its distance from the rotation center axis 9, which can equivalently change the distance between the rotation center axis 9 and the speed-locking track, that is, changes the effective transmission arm The length of the transmission ratio changes.
  • This solution can evolve into a space-shifting type by changing the fixed azimuth of the two shift arms, and changing the azimuth of the shift unit simultaneously; for example:
  • the parallel fixed structure of the two shift arms in the illustration is rotated 90 degrees along the rotation center axis 9 Even if the transmission unit changes in the same step, it will be transformed into a space transmission type.
  • Figure 48.3 In this solution, the two shifting units share a shifting arm, but the distances from the center axis of rotation are different, that is: the effective shifting arm length varies, and the k position of the governing block is adjusted steplessly in the direction of the arrow, and the ratio of the two effective shifting arm lengths will occur. Change, so the transmission ratio changes.
  • the characteristics of this speed regulation scheme are: The farther the speed regulation block k is from the locked track area, the closer the two speeds are, and the accuracy of the speed regulation transmission ratio is gradually refined, and the rate of change of the transmission ratio shows a deceleration trend, which belongs to the speed regulation accuracy.
  • Variable types, but be clear its transmission ratio is still infinitely variable. This type of mode is suitable for the occasions that require different adjustment accuracy for different transmission ratios in different areas, such as the occasions that require higher speed accuracy for low speed areas.
  • Figures 48.4, 48.5, 48.6, and 48.7 are special space transmission structure types.
  • the input and output transmission units are connected by a space isoangular speed transmission mechanism (the space bevel gear transmission is shown).
  • the input and output units can be set in any space orientation. It is shown that the illustrated mechanism is still drawn in the same plane.
  • Speed control block, lock block, transmission arm connection method, speed control method is similar to Figure 48.2, except that the two transmission arms pass through the space of constant angular velocity Gear connection, can change two
  • the speed change unit relatively moves with the plane to form a space speed change mechanism.
  • the transmission ratio can be changed by steplessly adjusting the position of the speed control block k in the direction of the arrow.
  • Figures 48.5 and 48.6 are similar in structure, and the speed control block, speed lock block, transmission arm connection method and speed control method are similar to Figure 48.1, the difference is that the equal angular velocity connection mechanism of the two transmission arms is different, and the moving elements are different during the speed adjustment process.
  • the position of the speed control block k is adjusted steplessly in the direction of the arrow, and the elements in the dotted frame move in synchronization with it.
  • the center axis 9 of the shift arm changes the plane of motion through the bevel gear transmission group 31, and meshes with a common ultra-long spur gear 133 through the plane gear 12 to achieve the motion connection between the two shift units.
  • the plane gear 12 moves axially relative to the ultra-long spur gear 133, the transmission angular velocity does not change, ensuring constant angular speed transmission, and the distance between the rotation center axis 9 and the speed-locking track is changed, that is, the effective transmission arm is changed Length, thus changing the transmission ratio.
  • the gear 12 and the ultra-long cylindrical gear 133 can also adopt a helical gear transmission structure, but when the speed is adjusted, the two transmission units need to coordinate with each other; the scheme of FIG.
  • the auxiliary pair 134 is connected, and can move axially at the same time while transmitting torque, so that the elements in the dotted frame ensure constant angular speed transmission when the speed is adjusted.
  • the two meshing gears 12 in FIG. 48.6 can be space gears, which can make the overall layout of the transmission mechanism more flexible and diversified.
  • the scheme of Figure 48.7 obtains the change of the effective transmission arm by moving the space bevel gear train to adjust the speed.
  • the space bevel gear is fixedly connected to the rotation center axis 9 of the transmission arm, and between the transmission arm and the respective rotation center axis 9 It is connected by the sliding key pair 134, which can move axially while transmitting torque.
  • the rotatable movable pair speed control block 135 is connected in a rotational pair relation with the rotation center axis 9 and only the radial translation of the rotation center axis 9 The amount of displacement is restricted, and both can rotate freely and move axially.
  • the types of mechanisms disclosed in this illustration are applicable to both reciprocating and continuous rotating types.
  • the illustrated embodiment is a reciprocating variable speed type.
  • the speed lock pillow and the speed lock track need to be replaced by a traction belt and a speed lock block.
  • the single shift lever is replaced by multiple shift arms (see the relevant mechanism above).
  • Its disadvantages are: For the input and output transmission units that are not in the same plane of movement, most of the related components such as the speed lock block, the guide rail, and the shift arm cannot be cyclically used at the input and output ends, and the input and output component separation methods need to be set separately. This increases the number of parts and complicates the mechanism.
  • variable angular speed transmission mechanism In order to meet the needs of more occasions, to increase the power-to-weight ratio and power-to-volume ratio, it is possible to use any constant angular speed transmission mechanism, variable mechanism and related plane, space motion conversion, transmission mechanism (such as: flat gear, Space gears, plane gear trains, space gear trains, shafts, belts, connecting rod mechanisms, flexible steel wire shaft drives, worm gear drives, constant angular velocity couplings, etc.) are used for constant angular velocity transmission.
  • constant angular velocity transmission conditions can be met .
  • variable angular speed transmission can be adopted to obtain special speed and specific regular speed output.
  • Figure 49 A schematic diagram of a common component symbol of a mechanism, where the component symbol table is a general symbol for the patent;
  • the shifting mechanism of FIG. 48 is still a flat shifting type, and only the spatial layout structure between different shifting units is provided, and the movement inside the same shifting unit is still It is a plane motion, that is, the movement of the shift arm is still a plane motion.
  • the speed change mechanism is a type of space speed change, and the movement of the speed change arm is space movement. As shown: Power flow from input shaft
  • timing belt 2 directly drives the shift lever 8 for a space pendulum movement equivalent to the cyclic trajectory of the timing belt.
  • This illustration is a reciprocating type.
  • a rack and pinion mechanism passes the overrunning clutch.
  • Output one-way torque (other methods can also be adopted, see above).
  • the stepless adjustment of the position of the rotation center shaft 9 of the shift lever can steplessly change the transmission ratio. Since the variable speed pestle is a space motion, its corresponding motion pair is a space motion pair.
  • the illustration shows a combined pendulum ring mechanism. Among them, the trajectory of the timing belt is constrained by a special limit guide track limit, which has extremely high motion accuracy.
  • the space type is similar to the plane type continuously variable transmission mechanism, except that the plane swing or rotation of the shift lever is changed to a space swing (also can be viewed as a space combination of a multi-phase plane swing transmission mechanism for analysis).
  • the main difference lies in the motion output link after the gear lever is shifted.
  • the motion input link generally adopts the timing belt wheel to transmit power to the timing belt.
  • the timing belt is hinged with the shift lever. Therefore, the synchronization
  • the running trajectory of the belt will determine the spatial trajectory of the shift lever; its motion output mode can adopt reciprocating or continuous rotation type.
  • the output mode of the reciprocating type is shown in Figure 50 (refer to the related structure of the plane reciprocating variable speed type).
  • the output structure of the continuous rotation type is also similar to that of the flat-speed transmission type, and can be output by the wafer traction belt or electromagnetic suction traction belt.
  • the one-way continuous traction is output by the one-way suction traction of the electromagnetic chuck and the traction belt.
  • a multi-unit out-of-phase arrangement scheme can be adopted.
  • a track guide area is provided in order to smoothly engage the lock block with the traction belt.
  • This figure is a diagram of the mechanism.
  • the input and output motion coupling mechanisms of the space type and the plane type are basically the same.
  • sliding pairs can be replaced by rolling pairs;
  • rolling pairs include: sliding moving pairs, sliding rotating pairs; rolling pairs include: rolling moving pairs, Scroll and rotate the pair).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Transmission Devices (AREA)
  • Friction Gearing (AREA)

Abstract

A mechanical infinitely variable speed transmission with equal angular speed, identical orientation, low pair of elements and high variable speed ratio is disclosed, which belongs in mechanical infinitely variable speed transmission design and manufacture technology field. The transmission is designed in terms of “the variable speed principle of equal angular speed, identical direction transformation and similar orientation”. The input and output variable speed units of the transmission are arranged with equal angular speed and identical orientation. The preferred embodiment of the transmission is embodied by the variable speed mode of “parallel and three points in one line”. The input and output lock speed elements have parallel track in the area of the effective movement. The variable speed units with identical phase meet the relationship of “three points in one line”. The transmission is a special non-frictional, uniform speed, non-pulsed, high effective and large powered mechanical infinitely variable speed transmission with low pair of elements. The main transmission unit of the transmission transmits with low pair of elements such that it has large loads and large variable speed range. The transmission can precisely and smoothly output torque in speed-up, speed-down, zero crossing, reverse moving, zero ultra-proximity and ultra-low speed, and conveniently and simply be controlled. The transmission according to the invention can be used in the light and heavy vehicle, ship, textile, light industry, experiment and the like where there are requirements for variable speed.

Description

一种机械无级变速器  Mechanical continuously variable transmission
技术领域 Technical field
本发明属于机械设计及制造领域, 尤其涉及一种机械无级变速器的 设计及制造。 发明背景  The invention belongs to the field of mechanical design and manufacturing, and particularly relates to the design and manufacturing of a mechanical continuously variable transmission. Background of the invention
无级变速器是一种可连续无级改变传动比的变速装置, 其应用范围 非常广泛, 特别适用于:(1)工艺参数多变的机器; (2)要求转速连续变化 的机器; (3)探求最佳工作转速的设备; (4)协调一台或多台设备的传动 系统中几个运转单元间的运转速度; (5)缓速起动: 对于具有大惯量或 带负荷起动的机器,采用无级变速器之后,可在近零转速下大扭矩起动, 在负荷下连续变速达到额定转速, 以避免过大的惯性负荷, 从而可采用 功率较小的原动机。  Continuously variable transmission is a transmission that can continuously and continuously change the transmission ratio. It has a wide range of applications and is especially suitable for: (1) machines with variable process parameters; (2) machines that require continuous changes in speed; (3) Equipment that seeks the optimal working speed; (4) Coordinate the operating speed between several operating units in the drive system of one or more equipment; (5) Slow start: For machines with large inertia or starting with load, use After the continuously variable transmission, it can start with high torque at nearly zero speed, and continuously change speed to the rated speed under load to avoid excessive inertial load, so a prime mover with less power can be used.
在现有技术中, 大量采用摩擦传动式机械无级变速器, 该机械无级 变速器虽然能够实现无级变速, 但其存在以下缺陷: 1、 艮难获得超低转 速输出, 变速范围比较窄; 2、 存在传递扭矩小、 传输功率不大等缺陷; 3、 承载能力低、 抗过载及耐冲击性能较差; 4、 零部件加工及润滑要求 较高、 寿命短, 其结构和工艺复杂、 制造成本高; 5、 滑动率大, 机械 效率低; 另外, 有的机械无级变速器还存在脉动输出及功率流不连续等 缺点。  In the prior art, friction-driven mechanical continuously variable transmissions are widely used. Although the mechanical continuously variable transmission can achieve continuously variable transmission, it has the following defects: 1. It is difficult to obtain ultra-low speed output, and the transmission range is relatively narrow; 2 , There are defects such as small transmission torque, low transmission power, etc. 3. Low load-carrying capacity, poor resistance to overload and impact resistance; 4. High processing and lubrication requirements for parts, short life, complex structure and technology, and manufacturing costs High; 5. Large sliding rate and low mechanical efficiency; In addition, some mechanical continuously variable transmissions also have shortcomings such as pulsating output and discontinuous power flow.
另外, 就目前而言, 所有的摩擦式无级变速器传动功率时均需靠大 的法向压紧力, 从而致使各轴承负荷加大, 传动体间的弹性滑动、 几何 滑动现象明显; 摩擦式无级变速器用于传输功率的有效接触面小, 理论 上为线接触或点接触, 因而导致局部应力大, 严重时甚至导致工作表面 擦伤或胶合,从而使得传动效率低、传递功率有限、变速器自身寿命短。 在现有技术中, 还存在一种滑片链无级变速器, 该种变速器是目前 唯一采用槽面链轮(齿式链轮)与滑片链以准啮合方式传递功率的链式 无级变速器, 它既不同于啮合传动, 又不同于摩擦传动, 而是介于两者 之间的一种准嚙合传动方式, 具有滑动率低、 传动精确, 抗磨损、 冲击 能力高等优点,但此类变速器的链条制造成本相对较高,链条质量较大, 制约了运行速度的进一步提高, 另外链传动的多边形效应会使输出速度 产生一定脉动现象。 In addition, at present, the transmission power of all friction type continuously variable transmissions depends on a large normal pressing force, which results in an increase in the load on each bearing, and the phenomena of elastic sliding and geometric sliding between transmission bodies are obvious; friction type The effective contact surface of the continuously variable transmission for transmitting power is small. In theory, it is line or point contact, which results in large local stress and even serious work surfaces. Scratches or glues, resulting in low transmission efficiency, limited transmission power, and short transmission life. In the prior art, there is also a continuously variable transmission of a sliding vane chain. This transmission is currently the only chain continuously variable transmission that uses a slotted sprocket (toothed sprocket) and a sliding chain to transfer power in a quasi-meshing manner. It is different from meshing transmission and friction transmission. It is a quasi-meshing transmission mode between the two. It has the advantages of low sliding rate, precise transmission, high wear resistance and high impact capacity. The manufacturing cost of the chain is relatively high, and the quality of the chain is large, which restricts the further increase of the running speed. In addition, the polygon effect of the chain transmission will cause a certain pulsation of the output speed.
在现有技术中, 还存在一种脉动式无级变速器, 该种变速器采用几 何封闭的低副机构, 具有工作可靠、承载能力高、 变速性能稳定的优点。 但是: 目前的脉动无级变速器具有几大致命弱点, 制约着其向更广领域 发展: 一、 输出的脉动性使其无法用于对输出均匀性要求较高的场合; 尽管通过多相错位叠加及超越离合器的辅助配合可择流滤波减小脉动 , 但实际的功率流传输仍是按理论值呈脉冲间隔形式输出的, 此功率流的 不连续是造成脉动无级变速器效率低的一大因素; 二、 脉动变速器中作 往复运动的机体构件制约着其向高速领域迈进, 其不平衡惯性力及惯性 力矩所引起的振动在高速时会明显加剧, 其产生的动载荷还是造成机械 效率低的重要原因; 三、 作为输出机构.的超越离合器是整个机体中唯一 的摩擦传动构件, 同样存在摩擦传动的一系列相应缺陷, 是整个机构动 力链中的薄弱环节, 其承载能力和抗冲击能力相对较低, 制约着脉动型 无级变速器向大功率、 高效、 高速方面发展; 四、 为减小脉动度而设置 的多相结构将引发系统中存在过多的重复约束, 导致机器对误差及工作 环境的敏感、 效率降低、 以及动载荷增大, 组相的增多还使机构量和调 试安装工艺复杂化, 从而使得故障率增大、 成本增加。 发明内容 In the prior art, there is also a pulsation type continuously variable transmission, which adopts a geometrically closed low pair mechanism, which has the advantages of reliable operation, high bearing capacity and stable transmission performance. However: The current pulsating continuously variable transmission has several fatal weaknesses, which restrict its development to a wider field: 1. The pulsation of the output makes it impossible to use in places with high requirements on the uniformity of the output; The auxiliary cooperation of the overrunning clutch and the optional flow filter can reduce the pulsation, but the actual power flow transmission is still output in the form of pulse intervals according to the theoretical value. This discontinuity of the power flow is a major factor that causes the low efficiency of the pulsation continuously variable transmission. Second, the reciprocating body components in the pulsating transmission restrict its progress towards the high-speed field. The vibration caused by its unbalanced inertial force and moment of inertia will be significantly intensified at high speeds, and the dynamic load generated by it will cause low mechanical efficiency. Important reasons; Third, as an output mechanism, the overrunning clutch is the only friction transmission component in the entire body. It also has a series of corresponding shortcomings in friction transmission. It is a weak link in the power chain of the entire mechanism. Its bearing capacity and impact resistance are relatively Low, restricts the pulsation type continuously variable transmission to high power, high efficiency and high speed 4. The multi-phase structure set to reduce the pulsation will cause too many repeated constraints in the system, resulting in the machine's sensitivity to errors and the working environment, reduced efficiency, and increased dynamic load. It complicates the amount of mechanism and the debugging and installation process, so that the failure rate increases and the cost increases. Summary of the invention
有鉴于此, 本发明的主要目的在于提供一种机械无级变速器, 该变 速器能够克服以上现有技术中机械无级变速器的缺点, 以满足、 适应现 代化工业需求、 尤其是汽车工业的需求。 该机械无级变速器兼具并拓展 了目前大多无级变速器功能点, 实现了特有的非摩擦式低副无脉动匀速 过零超宽区间无级变速, 其主变速区传动效率与齿轮传动效率接近, 属 一种全新概念的大功率高效机械无级变速器。  In view of this, the main object of the present invention is to provide a mechanical continuously variable transmission, which can overcome the shortcomings of the mechanical continuously variable transmission in the prior art above, so as to meet and adapt to the needs of the modern chemical industry, especially the needs of the automotive industry. This mechanical continuously variable transmission combines and expands most of the current continuously variable transmission function points, and realizes a unique non-friction low pairless non-pulsation uniform speed zero-crossing ultra-wide range continuously variable transmission. , It is a new concept of high power and efficient mechanical continuously variable transmission.
下面, 对本发明的基本工作原理、 指导设计思想进行介绍: 等角速同形位运动原理一一任意一个或多个直线杆作转动运动, 该 转动运动的旋转中心在各自直线杆所在直线上, 但直线杆沿自身轴线自 转的情况除外, 当直线杆的即时旋转角速率(绝对值)相等(或成比例) 时, 直线杆上除旋转中心点之外的任一点在与该直线杆自身夹角相等或 互补且共面或等效共面的方向上(夹角等于 0度或 180度的方向除外) 具有等规律特性运动。  In the following, the basic working principle and guiding design ideas of the present invention are introduced: The principle of constant angular velocity, isomorphic motion—any one or more linear rods make a rotational movement, and the rotation center of the rotational motion is on the line where the respective linear rods are located, but Except when the linear rod rotates along its own axis, when the instantaneous rotation angular rate (absolute value) of the linear rod is equal (or proportional), any point on the linear rod other than the center of rotation is at an angle with the linear rod itself Movements with equal regularity in the directions that are equal or complementary and coplanar or equivalent coplanar (except for directions with an included angle equal to 0 degrees or 180 degrees).
其中: 等效共面是针对不同转动杆而言的概念, 即: 与各自转动杆 转动平面夹角相等或互补的平面。 等效共面的概念同样可应用于下文对 等角速同向翻转位似性变速原理的分析。 点的任意方向平面运动或空间运动, 如: 平面摆运动、 圆锥摆运动; 当 旋转轴线与直线杆垂直时, 呈平面摆运动; 旋转轴线与直线杆不垂直时 呈圆锥摆运动。 由于当旋转轴线与直线杆夹角等于 0度或 180度时对本 发明的变速研究无意义, 故此除外。 其实: 圆锥摆运动可视为是具有共 同旋转点的微元平面摆运动的集合, 即: 空间圆锥摆运动可分解为无穷 个微元平面摆运动,空间圆锥摆上任一点的即时运动为平面运动。所以, 上述等角速同形位运动原理不但能够适用于平面运动, 还可适用于空间 运动。 Among them: The equivalent coplanarity is a concept for different rotating rods, that is, a plane having an equal or complementary angle to the rotation plane of the respective rotating rod. The concept of equivalent coplanarity can also be applied to the following analysis of the principle of equiangular velocity co-turning inversion. Point or plane motion in any direction, such as: plane pendulum motion, conical pendulum motion; when the rotation axis is perpendicular to the linear rod, it is a plane pendulum motion; when the rotation axis is not perpendicular to the linear rod, it is conical pendulum motion. Since the angle between the rotation axis and the linear rod is equal to 0 degrees or 180 degrees, it is meaningless for the study of the transmission of the present invention, so it is excluded. In fact: The conical pendulum motion can be regarded as a collection of microelement plane pendulum motions with common rotation points, that is, the space conical pendulum motion can be decomposed into infinite microelement plane pendulum motions, and the instantaneous motion of any point on the space conical pendulum is a plane motion . Therefore, the above-mentioned equiangular velocity isomorphic motion principle can be applied not only to plane motion but also to space. Exercise.
下文着重对在转动杆转动平面内的运动情况进行介绍:  The following focuses on the movement in the plane of rotation of the rotating rod:
在进行介绍之前, 首先对各个名词进行解释:  Before introducing, first explain each term:
等角速同形位:  Constant angular velocity isomorphism:
等角速: 转动杆即时旋转角速率(角速度绝对值)相等; 同形位: 针对转动杆转动平面内的运动情况来讲, 同形位指的是与其转动杆自身 夹角相等或互补的一种运动方向特征, 是针对两个或两个以上运动而言 的方向特征, 例如: 两个运动具有同形位特性, 即说明这两个运动在各 自转动杆转动平面内的运动方向与转动杆之间的夹角相等。 此概念也可 用于表述实体间的位置关系特征, 如: 下文中提到的变速臂与运动传输 件之间的位置特征表述也用到此概念。  Constant angular velocity: The instantaneous rotational angular rate (absolute angular velocity) of the rotating rod is equal; Isomorphic position: For the motion in the plane of rotation of the rotating rod, isomorphic position refers to a motion that is equal to or complementary to the angle of the rod itself The directional feature is a directional feature for two or more movements. For example: Two movements have the same shape characteristic, which means that the direction of movement of the two movements in the plane of rotation of the respective rotation lever and the rotation lever. The angles are equal. This concept can also be used to describe the positional relationship between entities, such as: The positional feature expression between the transmission arm and the motion transmission part mentioned below also uses this concept.
即时等角速度转动一一即时旋转角速率 (绝对值)相等的转动。 等规律特性运动 (下文筒称等特性运动) 一一运动变化规律相同的 运动, 通俗地说, 即: 如果匀速, 则都匀速; 如果变速, 则都变速; 下 文中指的是: 转动杆上任意质点在同形位方向上的即时速率比等于各点 运动方向距旋转中心距离比的运动特征; 对变速器而言, 指在工作中的 任一时刻, 输入输出即时速率比恒等于当前名义传动比的一种变速特性 关系, 即: 变速后不改变变速前的原运动性质, 满足此关系, 则说明该 变速机构具有等规律变速特性。  Real-time constant angular speed rotation-rotation with equal instantaneous rotation angular rate (absolute value). Iso-regular motion (hereinafter referred to as iso-characteristic motion) One-to-one motion with the same change law, in general terms, that is: if the speed is uniform, all speeds are uniform; if the speed is changed, all speeds are changed; the following refers to: The instantaneous rate ratio of the mass point in the isomorphic direction is equal to the movement characteristic of the distance direction of each point from the center of rotation. For a transmission, it means that the input and output instantaneous rate ratio is always equal to the current nominal transmission ratio at any time during operation. A kind of speed-change characteristic relationship, that is, the original motion property before the speed change is not changed after the speed change, and if this relationship is satisfied, it indicates that the speed change mechanism has the speed change characteristics with regularity.
其中, 本概念中的速度、 加速度均以标量量度,不涉及矢量运动方向 问题, 例如: 速度、 速率表述同一意义。  Among them, the speed and acceleration in this concept are measured by scalars, and do not involve the direction of vector motion. For example, the expressions of speed and velocity have the same meaning.
变速动力臂、 史速阻力臂: 与杠杆动力臂、 阻力臂概念一致, 以图 Variable speed power arm and historical speed resistance arm: consistent with the concept of lever power arm and resistance arm,
3为例说明, 变速动力臂指的是: 变速杆 M旋转中心点距直线运动输入 件 a运动轴线所在直线的距离; 变速阻力臂指的是: 变速杆 M旋转中心 点距直线运动输出件 b运动轴线所在直线的距离。其中,为了简明区分, 作以下规定: 呈直线布置且呈一体型的转动杆可统称为变速杆, 其余类 型的转动杆则称为变速臂, 例如, 呈一体型但呈折线关系的转动杆称为 变速臂; 一般来说, 在往复变速模式中的转动杆称为变速杆, 连续旋转 变速模式中的转动杆称为变速臂, 变速杆、 变速臂并无本质区别, 仅仅 是一种简明直观化的习惯称谓, 只有变速动力臂、 变速阻力臂才有物理 意义上的概念区分, 变速动力臂和变速阻力臂统称为有效变速臂。 " 输入变速臂、 输出变速臂分别指的是变速臂主动端和从动端。 3 as an example, the shifting power arm refers to: the distance between the center of rotation of the shift lever M and the straight line where the motion axis of the linear motion input member a is located; the shifting resistance arm refers to: the shift center of the shift lever M to the linear motion output member b The distance of the line on which the axis of motion is located. Among them, for the sake of brevity, Make the following provisions: The linearly arranged and integrated rotating rods can be collectively referred to as shifting levers, and the other types of rotating rods are referred to as shifting arms. For example, an integral but folding line rotating lever is called a shifting arm; That is to say, the rotating lever in the reciprocating speed changing mode is called a shifting lever, and the rotating lever in continuous rotating speed changing mode is called a shifting arm. There is no essential difference between the shifting lever and the shifting arm. It is just a concise and intuitive customary title, only There is a physical distinction between the variable speed power arm and the variable speed resistance arm. The variable speed power arm and the variable speed resistance arm are collectively referred to as an effective variable speed arm. "The input shift arm and the output shift arm refer to the driving end and the driven end of the shifting arm, respectively.
调速: 变速器传动比发生改变的过程,调速与变速是两个不同概念, 变速指的是速率发生改变的过程。  Speed regulation: The process of changing the transmission gear ratio. Speed regulation and speed change are two different concepts. Speed change refers to the process of speed change.
依照实用价值原则, 下文着重对角速度相等的情况进行介绍。  In accordance with the principle of practical value, the following description focuses on the case where the angular velocities are equal.
如图 1所示: m、 n为空间内绕自身所在直线上任一点转动的具有即 时相等角速率的任意直线杆, 图中箭头所指方向与直杆自身夹角 Θ均相 等, 从相反方向看夹角则为互补,此时, a点、 b点、 c点沿箭头方向的速 率具有等规律特性。  As shown in Figure 1: m and n are any linear rods with an instantaneous equal angular velocity that rotate around any point on the line where they are located in space. The included angles are complementary. At this time, the speeds of points a, b, and c in the direction of the arrow have regular characteristics.
由上述原理可构建等特性无级变速理论模型:  Based on the above principles, a theoretical model of continuously variable transmission with equal characteristics can be constructed:
a: 根据转动杆的杠杆放大原理, 当角速度一定时, 改变杠杆长度可 改变该点线速度;  a: According to the principle of lever amplification of the rotating lever, when the angular velocity is constant, changing the length of the lever can change the point and line speed;
b: 根据等角速同形位运动原理, 对于即时等角速度运动的转动杆, 只要满足同形位特性, 便可获得等规律特性运动。  b: According to the principle of constant angular velocity and isomorphic motion, for a rotating rod that moves at the same angular velocity in real time, as long as the isomorphic characteristics are satisfied, isomorphic motion can be obtained.
所以, 在一个或若干个即时等角速度转动杆上, 在满足同形位特性 的前提下, 无级改变所在转动杆上位置, 便可获得无级变化的等规律特 性运动线速度。  Therefore, on one or several real-time constant angular velocity rotating rods, on the premise that the isomorphic position characteristics are satisfied, the position on the rotating rod can be changed steplessly, and the linear characteristic speed of stepless changes can be obtained.
如图 2所示: M、 M,、 N、 N'、 和 V转动杆转轴通过等角速装 置相连, 具有相等的即时角速度, 其上的 a、 b、 c d、 e、 f、 g、 h点的 箭头方向具有同形位特征, 于是得到: 各点箭头所指方向上具有等规律 特性运动线速率, 且速率大小比值等于各点箭头方向距转动旋转中心的 距离, 显然, 无级改变各点所在杆上位置则可无级改变该点线速度。 As shown in Figure 2: M, M ,, N, N ', and V rotating rods are connected by a constant angular velocity device, with equal instantaneous angular velocity, a, b, cd, e, f, g, h The arrow direction of a point has the same shape feature, so we get: The characteristic linear velocity of movement, and the ratio of the magnitude of the velocity is equal to the distance from the direction of the arrow to the rotation center of each point. Obviously, steplessly changing the position of each point on the rod can change the linear velocity of the point steplessly.
下面构建等特性无级变速模型: 任取图 2中的 a点并沿其箭头所指 方向作为一匀速直线运动输入点, 则在 b、 c、 d、 e、 f、 g、 h点的箭头 所指方向将有匀速直线运动输出, 无级改变各点所在杆上位置则可获得 传动比无级变化的匀速直线运动输出。 此模式可用于多传动比、 多输出 轴及功率并流、 分流应用场合。  The following is a model of the continuously variable transmission with the same characteristics: Take any point a in Figure 2 and use it as the input point of a uniform linear motion along the direction of the arrow, then the arrows at points b, c, d, e, f, g, and h The pointed direction will have a uniform speed linear motion output. Steplessly changing the position of the rod on each point can obtain a uniform speed linear motion output with a stepless change in the transmission ratio. This mode can be used in applications with multiple gear ratios, multiple output shafts, and power parallel and shunt applications.
如图 3所示: a为直线运动输入件, b、 c为直线运动输出件, 其中 a、 b运动轨迹相互平行, 且在如图所示的运动时刻, a、 b、 c三者的运 动轨迹与变速杆 M夹角正好相等, 显然可见: 此刻的 b、 c即时线速率 相等, a、 b、 c三者的线速率具有等规律特性, 但随着输入件 a的运动, 变速杆 M发生旋转, 则会发现: a、 b的运动关系可时刻保持同形位关 系, 从而线速率保持等规律特性, 而 c则无法再保持同形位关系, 与 &、 b的线速率不再具有等规律特性, 如果要保证 c与 a的等规律特性, 则 必须时刻改变 c的运动输出方向, 在实际无级变速应用中, 这显然不很 现实, 因此, c具有较难的可实施性。 所以, 实际应用中应采取 b作为 运动输出件。 为了保证 b能以特定的传动比稳恒输出运动, 则必须保证 a、 b传输功率的力臂比保持恒定, 为此, 变速杆的连接方式均采取移动 副加转动副的方式连接,如图 3所示,无级改变变速杆 M的旋转中心位 置则可实现无级变速。 其中, 图 3中 b、 c与变速杵的运动副在当前位置 下重合但彼此独立、 互不干涉。  As shown in FIG. 3: a is a linear motion input part, b and c are linear motion output parts, where the motion trajectories of a and b are parallel to each other, and at the moment of motion shown in the figure, the motions of a, b, and c are three. The angle between the trajectory and the shift lever M is exactly equal, and it can be clearly seen that the instantaneous linear rates of b and c are equal, and the linear rates of the three a, b, and c have regular characteristics. However, with the movement of the input a, the shift lever M When rotation occurs, it will be found that: the motion relationship of a and b can maintain the isomorphic relationship at all times, so that the linear rate maintains regular characteristics, while c can no longer maintain the isomorphic relationship, and the linear velocity with &, b no longer has the same regularity. Characteristics, if you want to guarantee the regular characteristics of c and a, you must change the motion output direction of c at all times. This is obviously not very realistic in practical continuously variable transmission applications. Therefore, c has a difficult implementation. Therefore, b should be adopted as a motion output in practical applications. In order to ensure that b can move stably with a specific transmission ratio, it must be ensured that the arm ratio of a and b transmitting power remains constant. To this end, the connection methods of the shift lever are connected by a mobile pair and a rotary pair, as shown in the figure. As shown in 3, stepless change of the rotation center position of the shift lever M can achieve stepless speed change. Among them, in Fig. 3, b, c and the moving pair of the shifting pestle overlap at the current position but are independent of each other and do not interfere with each other.
等角速同形位运动原理表述的是一种暂态过程, 以具有可实施性为 原则, 实现连续稳定的无级变速输出, 在设计变速机构时应构造等角速 同形位特性运动规律的持久存在性, 即: 在整个有效变速动态过程中具 有即时等角速同形位特性。 实现该种设计的具体条件为: ( 1 )始终保证变速杆输入输出部分的即时角速率相等; 动。 The principle of constant angular velocity isomorphic motion is a transient process. Based on the principle of implementability, it can realize continuous and stable continuously variable output. When designing the transmission mechanism, the constant angular velocity isomorphic characteristic motion rule should be constructed to last. Existence, that is, it has the characteristics of isochronous isochronous position in real time during the dynamic process of effective speed change. The specific conditions for achieving this design are: (1) Always ensure that the instantaneous angular rates of the input and output sections of the shift lever are equal;
为进一步明确、 细化具体设计中的参照总则, 下面引入等角速同形 位无级变速第二判定定理:  In order to further clarify and refine the reference general principles in the specific design, the second determination theorem of constant angular velocity, isomorphic stepless speed change is introduced below:
等角速同向翻转位似性变速原理:  Principle of equiangular velocity inversion in the same direction:
在任一时刻, 在有效变速空间内, 任一变速臂 m与其对应直线运动 传输件 a在等效翻转变换到其它任意变速臂 n所在旋转平面内且保证旋 转方向相同后,变速臂 m绕该变速旋转中心旋转至该任意变速臂 n此刻 所在位置与变速臂 n重合或平行放置, 两变速臂、 n各自对应的直线 运动传输件 a和 b所在运动轨迹将平行或重合(解说附图见图 4 )。 即: 在任一时刻, 在有效变速空间内, 任一变速单元中变速臂与直线运动传 输件运动轨迹的即时几何关系可由任意另一处的变速臂与直线运动传 输件运动轨迹的即时几何关系通过同向空间翻转变换而获得。 也就是 说: 同形位关系通过同向空间翻转变换可转换为位似性关系。 满足这一 条件时, 便具备了动态即时等角速同形位运动特性。 At any time, in the effective transmission space, any transmission arm m and its corresponding linear motion transmission piece a are equivalently transformed into the rotation plane of any other transmission arm n and the rotation direction is the same, and the transmission arm m goes around the transmission. The center of rotation is rotated until the position of the arbitrary shift arm n coincides with or is parallel to the shift arm n, and the motion trajectories of the two linear motion transmission members a and b corresponding to the two shift arms and n will be parallel or coincide (see the illustration drawing) 4). That is, at any moment, within the effective transmission space, the instant geometric relationship between the motion trajectory of the transmission arm and the linear motion transmission member in any transmission unit can be passed by the instant geometric relationship between the transmission trajectory and the linear motion transmission member at any other position. Obtained by flipping the space in the same direction. In other words: The homomorphic bit relationship can be transformed into a bit-likelihood relationship by the same-space flipping transformation. When this condition is satisfied, it has the characteristics of dynamic real-time constant angular velocity isomorphic motion.
此定理是判定能否实现等特性连续无级变速的设计依据准则。  This theorem is a design basis criterion for judging whether or not continuous characteristic of continuously variable transmission with equal characteristics can be achieved.
其中, 对运动一般研究分析方法为: (1 ) 空间运动按照 "即时空间 运动为平面运动的微元法" 原则化为平面运动进行研究; (2 )不在同一 平面内的平面运动转换到同一平面内研究, 如: 按照等角速同向翻转位 似性变速原理进行转换研究。  Among them, the general research and analysis methods of motion are: (1) Space motion is researched into a plane motion in accordance with the "instant space motion as a plane element method"; (2) Plane motion that is not in the same plane is transformed into the same plane Internal research, such as: The conversion research is carried out according to the principle of isotropic angular rotation in the same direction.
为了描述的更加清楚, 下面进行一些名词的名词解释:  In order to make the description clearer, the following is a glossary of some terms:
变速单元: 指一个变速臂或变速杆和一个相关对应运动传输件的一 对一的组合。 当一个变速臂对应多个运动传输件时算作多个变速单元; 变速单元可以是运动输入部分, 也可以是运动输出部分; 如图 3中算作 三个变速单元。 Transmission unit: Refers to a one-to-one combination of a transmission arm or lever and an associated corresponding motion transmission member. When a transmission arm corresponds to multiple motion transmission parts, it is counted as multiple transmission units; the transmission unit may be a motion input part, or a motion output part; as shown in FIG. 3 Three transmission units.
同向空间翻转变换 :使几个运动或变速单元在不改变其运动状况的 前提下转换到同平面、 同旋向的变换过程。  Co-directional space flip transformation: The transformation process that enables several motion or speed change units to change to the same plane and co-rotation without changing their motion conditions.
有效运动轨迹: 运动传输件参与变速工作过程的运动轨迹。  Effective motion trajectory: The motion trajectory of the motion transmission part participating in the variable speed work process.
运动传输机构(单个元件称为运动传输件): 变速杆上功率流的输入 输出衔接机构, 如图 3中的运动输入件&、运动输出件 b、 c统称为运动 传输件(或运动传输机构)  Motion transmission mechanism (a single component is called a motion transmission member): The input and output connection mechanism of the power flow on the shift lever, such as the motion input member & motion output members b and c in FIG. 3 are collectively referred to as a motion transmission member (or a motion transmission mechanism) )
图 4的解说分析: 变速臂 m及其对应运动传输件 a、 c的变速单元 组合绕旋转中心进行等效同向空间翻转变换到变速臂 n所在位置, 经过 该变换后, 变速臂 m及其对应运动传输件 a、 c的变速单元组合的位置 参见图 4.1 , 显见: 等效翻转变换图中运动传输件 a的运动轨迹与变速 臂 n对应的运动传输件 b的运动轨迹平行, 而与 c则不平行, 所以, 运 动传输件 c在原图中的布置情况不符合等特性无级变速条件, 实际设计 中采取 a的方式。  Explanation and analysis of FIG. 4: The combination of the transmission arm m and the corresponding transmission units a, c of the transmission unit a, is equivalent to the same-direction space flipping to the position of the transmission arm n, and after the conversion, the transmission arm m and its The position of the transmission unit combination corresponding to the motion transmission members a and c is shown in Figure 4.1. It is obvious that the motion trajectory of the motion transmission member a in the equivalent flip transformation diagram is parallel to the motion trajectory of the motion transmission member b corresponding to the transmission arm n, and is parallel to c. It is not parallel. Therefore, the arrangement of the motion transmission member c in the original drawing does not meet the characteristics of stepless speed change conditions such as characteristics, and the method of a is adopted in the actual design.
图 5中, 变速臂 m、 n通过等角速齿轮传动联接, 旋转方向相反, 变速臂 m及其对应运动传输件 a、 c的变速单元组合转换到变速臂 n所 在位置的等效翻转变换图为图 5.1, 显见: 此情况中, c的运动轨迹与 b 平行, 而与 a则不平行, 所以, 运动传输件 a在原图中的布置情况不符 合等特性无级变速条件, 实际设计中采取 c方式。  In FIG. 5, the shift arms m and n are connected by constant angular gear transmission, the rotation directions are opposite, and the equivalent shifting transformation diagram of the shift arm m and its corresponding transmission unit a, c of the transmission unit is converted to the position of the shift arm n. As shown in Figure 5.1, it is obvious: In this case, the motion trajectory of c is parallel to b and not parallel to a. Therefore, the arrangement of the motion transmission part a in the original drawing does not meet the characteristics of stepless speed change conditions such as characteristics. c way.
图 6所示为输入、 输出变速臂不共线的情况, 其中, 此图为理论建 模结构示意简图, 仅为表述运动件的路径设置关系及运动状态的转化示 意, 图中: 实线代表变速臂, 虚线代表运动传输件运动轨迹。 其中: 图 6.1代表输入输出变速臂固联型; 图 6.2代表输入输出变速臂通过等角速 齿轮传动联接型。 图 6丄 1、 图 6.2.1分别代表两种联接情况下的变速臂 n及其对应运动传输件 b、 c的变速单元组合转换到变速臂 m所在位置 的等效翻转变换图, 显见: 图 6.1.1中, b的运动轨迹与 a平行, 而与 c 不平行, 实际设计中采取 b方式; 图 6.2.1中, c的运动轨迹与 a平行, 而与 b不平行, 实际设计中采取 c方式。 Fig. 6 shows the case where the input and output shift arms are not collinear. Among them, this figure is a schematic diagram of the theoretical modeling structure, which is only a representation of the path setting relationship of the moving parts and the transformation of the movement state. In the figure: Represents the shift arm, and the dotted line represents the motion trajectory of the motion transmission member. Among them: Figure 6.1 represents the input-output transmission arm fixed-connection type; Figure 6.2 represents the input-output transmission arm connected by constant angular gear transmission. Figure 6 丄 1 and Figure 6.2.1 represent the shift arm n and its corresponding motion transmission parts b and c in the two connected situations, respectively. The equivalent flip transformation diagram of the figure is obvious: in Figure 6.1.1, the motion trajectory of b is parallel to a, but not parallel to c, the b method is adopted in the actual design; in Figure 6.2.1, the motion trajectory of c is parallel to a, It is not parallel to b, and the c method is adopted in the actual design.
图 7所示为空间运动型, 变速臂 m、 n通过等角速空间锥齿轮联接, m、 n的旋转平面不在同一平面内, 但两变速单元遵循等角速同向翻转 位似性变速原理, 即: 在任一时刻, 在有效变速空间内, 变速臂 m与其 对应直线运动传输件 a在等效翻转变换到变速臂 n所在旋转平面内且保 证旋转方向相同后, 绕该变速旋转中心旋转至该变速臂 n此刻所在位置 与之重合或平行放置时, 两变速臂111、 n各自对应的直线运动传输件 a、 b所在运动轨迹将平行或重合。 故此空间机构同样满足等特性无级变速 条件, 更多空间机构详见图 48。  Figure 7 shows a space motion type. The shift arms m and n are connected by a constant angular space bevel gear. The rotation planes of m and n are not in the same plane. That is, at any time, in the effective transmission space, the transmission arm m and its corresponding linear motion transmission member a are equivalently transformed into the rotation plane where the transmission arm n is located, and the rotation direction is ensured to be the same, and then rotate around the transmission rotation center to When the position of the shift arm n coincides with or is placed in parallel at this moment, the movement trajectories of the linear motion transmission members a and b corresponding to the two shift arms 111 and n will be parallel or coincide. Therefore, the space mechanism also satisfies the conditions of stepless speed change of equal characteristics. See Figure 48 for more space mechanisms.
依照上述指导思想, 输入输出变速单元可在不同平面内布置, 通过 等角速传动机构, 可以在任意方位设计输入输出变速单元, 对机体的结 构设计有 4艮大灵活性, 能进一步优化机构空间利用率。 此举措一般为解 决特定空间布局所需而设计。 为适应更多场合需求, 提高功率重量比、 功率体积比, 可通过任意等角速传动机构、 变异机构及相关的平面、 空 间运动转换、 传动机构 (如: 平面齿轮、 空间齿轮、 平面轮系、 空间轮 系、 轴、 带、 连杆机构、 钢丝软轴传动、 蜗杆传动、 等角速联轴器等) 来进行等角速度传递, 总之, 只要能满足等角速传动条件, 则可按照上 述等角速同向翻转位似性变速原理指导思想, 进行随意灵活的空间布置 设计。  According to the above-mentioned guiding ideology, the input-output speed change unit can be arranged in different planes. Through the constant angular speed transmission mechanism, the input-output speed change unit can be designed in any orientation. It has great flexibility in the structural design of the body, which can further optimize the space of the mechanism. Utilization. This initiative is generally designed to address the needs of a particular space layout. In order to meet the needs of more occasions, the power-to-weight ratio and power-to-volume ratio can be increased through any constant angular velocity transmission mechanism, variation mechanism and related plane, space motion conversion, and transmission mechanism (such as: plane gear, space gear, plane gear train) , Space gear train, shaft, belt, connecting rod mechanism, flexible steel wire shaft transmission, worm gear transmission, constant angular velocity coupling, etc.) to perform constant angular velocity transmission. In short, as long as the conditions of constant angular velocity transmission can be satisfied, the above The guiding principle of the principle of equiangular velocity co-rotating position similarity shifting principle is to design a free and flexible space arrangement.
等角速同形位运动原理同样适用于曲线运动,曲线运动的微元暂态 过程是直线'运动, 曲线运动任一点的即时运动方向在该点的切线方向 上, 故曲线运动模型也可依据等角速同向翻转位似性变速原理指导原则 设计等特性无级变速器, 图 8、 图 9、 图 10所示为几种空间等特性无级 变速原理示意图, 其运动输入输出引导机构参见下文实施例, 无级调节 变速杆旋转点 k的位置则可无级改变传动比。 其空间变速杠杆的类圆锥 摆或棱锥摆、 空间摆式运行轨迹截面可以是: 圆形、 椭圆形、 三角形、 矩形、 六边形等多边形, 也可以是: 变形曲线以及組合曲线。 其中图 10代表一种输入输出变速单元分离式机构,输入输出变速单元通过等角 速空间齿轮传动, 该类装置变速过程一般通过改变圆锥摆的夹角进行变 速。 The principle of isokinetic isomorphic motion is also applicable to curved motion. The transient process of the microelements of curved motion is straight-line motion. The real-time motion direction of any point of curved motion is in the tangent direction of the point, so the curve motion model can also be based on, etc. Angular speed co-rotation, similarity, shifting principle, guiding principle, design, and other characteristics of the continuously variable transmission. Figure 8, Figure 9, and Figure 10 show several types of space and other characteristics. A schematic diagram of the principle of shifting. For the motion input and output guide mechanism, refer to the following embodiments. The position of the rotation point k of the shift lever can be adjusted steplessly to change the transmission ratio steplessly. The cross-section of the cone-shaped or pyramid-shaped pendulum and space pendulum running track of the space shift lever can be: polygons such as circle, ellipse, triangle, rectangle, hexagon, or deformation curve and combination curve. Among them, FIG. 10 represents a separate type of input-output transmission unit. The input-output transmission unit is driven by a constant angular space gear. Generally, the speed change process of such a device is performed by changing the included angle of the conical pendulum.
综合上述变速模式类型, 不难发现: 采取平行直线方式布置输入输 出运动件的方案综合性能最佳, 即: 将功率流以直线运动方式导入变速 单元, 通过变速杆的三点一线型杠杆变速原理改变速率比, 以相应的直 线运动输出功率, 根据需要可进一步转化为旋转运动输出。 该种变速模 式就是平行三点一线型变速模式, 具体条件为:  Based on the above types of shifting modes, it is not difficult to find that: the scheme of arranging input and output moving parts in a parallel and straight manner has the best overall performance, that is, the power flow is introduced into the shift unit in a linear motion mode, and the three-point and one-line lever of the shift lever is used to shift the speed. The principle changes the rate ratio, and the corresponding linear motion output power can be further converted into rotary motion output as required. This shifting mode is a parallel three-point, one-line shifting mode. The specific conditions are:
( 1 ) 直线运动输入输出件的运动轨迹平行;  (1) the movement trajectories of the linear motion input and output pieces are parallel;
( 2 )变速杆上运动输入、 输出点、 变速旋转中心支点, 三点共线。 平行三点一线型变速原理的数学分析: 引入几何学理论, 该原理可 用平行线分线段成比例定理进行证明, 如图 11所示, 其几何化模型为: 两平行线与一相交线相互交叉组合的几何关系模型; 可以证明: 当相交 斜线的转轴 k一定时, 相交斜线转动过程中在上下平行线上所截线段长 度比恒等于转轴距上下平行线的距离比, 左图为异侧传输, 输入输出件 分居旋转支点两侧, 输入输出运动方向相反; 右图为同侧传输, 输入输 出件居旋转点同侧, 输入输出运动方向相同。 改变三者中的任一位置即 可达到变速目的。 实际应用中, 可根据需要具体决定将输出、 输入端设 在支点同侧或异侧。 变速过程一般采取对旋转支点进行移位来完成。  (2) Three points of the motion input, output point, shift rotation center fulcrum on the shift lever are in line. Mathematical analysis of the principle of parallel three-point, one-line speed change: The introduction of geometric theory, which can be proved by the proportionality theorem of parallel line segments, as shown in Figure 11, its geometric model is: two parallel lines and an intersection line are mutually The cross-combination geometric relationship model; it can be proved that: when the rotation axis k of the intersecting oblique line is constant, the length ratio of the line segment intercepted on the upper and lower parallel lines during the rotation of the intersecting oblique line is always equal to the distance ratio between the rotating axis and the upper and lower parallel lines. On the other side, the input and output parts are located on both sides of the rotation fulcrum, and the input and output movement directions are opposite; the right picture shows the same side transmission, and the input and output parts are on the same side of the rotation point, and the input and output movement directions are the same. Changing any of the three positions can achieve the purpose of shifting speed. In practical applications, the output and input terminals can be determined on the same side or different sides of the fulcrum according to specific needs. The shifting process is generally accomplished by shifting the rotation fulcrum.
运动学机理分析:  Analysis of kinematic mechanism:
A平行的目的: (1 )确保在同一方向上传输运动, 即: 满足同形位 特性, (2 )确保变速动力臂、 变速阻力臂比值恒定; The purpose of A parallel: (1) to ensure that the motion is transmitted in the same direction, that is: to meet the isomorphic position Characteristics, (2) ensuring that the ratio of the variable speed power arm and the variable resistance arm is constant;
B 三点一线的目的: 是由等角速同向翻转位似性变速原理及输入输 出直线运动方向平行导致的。 如果输入输出直线运动方向不平行, 则按 等角速同向翻转位似性变速原理原则来确定输入输出变速臂之间夹角。  B. The purpose of three points and one line: It is caused by the principle of constant angular rotation in the same direction, and the parallel direction of input and output linear movement. If the input and output linear movement directions are not parallel, the angle between the input and output shifting arms is determined according to the principle of the principle of equiangular speed in the same direction and reversing position.
设计原则为:
Figure imgf000013_0001
The design principles are:
Figure imgf000013_0001
一般工况表现为
Figure imgf000013_0002
其中: 等特性无级变速也就是等角速同形位无级变速 、等角速同
The general working conditions are
Figure imgf000013_0002
Among them: stepless speed change with constant characteristics
翻转位似性无级变速。 Stepless reversal speed.
平行三点一线型变速模式的基础设施框架为: 由两运动轨迹相互平 行的输入输出机件通过一变速杠杆中间元件的有机衔接, 构成一体化的 一套变速机构。  The basic framework of the parallel three-point, one-line speed change mode is: The two input and output parts that move in parallel with each other are organically connected by a middle element of a speed change lever to form an integrated set of speed change mechanisms.
按输入输出运动转换方式及变速杆旋转类型, 变速装置可分为: 往 复型、 连续运转型;  According to the input-output motion conversion method and the type of gear lever rotation, the gear shifting device can be divided into: to complex type, continuous operation type;
平行三点一线变速原理模式(一)一一 往复型:  Parallel three-point one-line speed change principle mode (one) one by one Reciprocating type:
往复型变速机构通过变速杆的往复摆动输出等规律特性运动。 为保 证输出功率流的连续, 可采用多相或两相装置按一定的相差布置, 以消 除往复换向区的动力流中断。 设计原则为:  The reciprocating transmission mechanism moves through regular characteristics such as the reciprocating swing output of the shift lever. In order to ensure the continuous output power flow, a multi-phase or two-phase device can be used with a certain phase difference to eliminate the interruption of the power flow in the reciprocating commutation zone. The design principles are:
转运动转换为往复直线运动 I一一 过平行三点一线变速模式转换输出等特性往复直线运动 |—一1往复直线运动转换为旋转运动 实施例示意简图如图 12所示,各个附图中的件号对照见下文的附图 说明: 输入轴(4 )通过同步带轮(1 )、 同步带 (2 )将动力传输给滑杆  Rotary motion is converted to reciprocating linear motion I. One-by-parallel three-point one-line variable-speed mode conversion output and other characteristics. The comparison of the part numbers in the drawings is as follows: The input shaft (4) transmits power to the slide bar through the timing belt wheel (1) and timing belt (2).
( 3 ), 滑杆通过移动副与直线运动输入件(6 )联接, 借助转动副、 移 动副将动力传递给变速杆( 8 ),变速杆以特定传动比将动力通过移动副、 转动副传递给直线运动输出件(10 ) 以直线运动输出, 并经齿轮齿条机 构 (11、 12 )、 超越离合器(14 )转化为单向连续旋转运动, 并经输出 轴(13 )输出该运动。 上下连续移动调速块(15 )位置则可实现无级变 速。 具体细节参见下文图 21等实施例。 (3) The slider is connected to the linear motion input member (6) through the moving pair, and the power is transmitted to the shift lever (8) by the rotating pair and the moving pair. The shift lever transmits the power to the shift pair and the rotating pair at a specific transmission ratio. Linear motion output (10) is output in linear motion and passed through a rack and pinion machine The structure (11, 12) and the overrunning clutch (14) are converted into a one-way continuous rotary motion, and the motion is output through an output shaft (13). Continuously moving the position of the speed control block (15) up and down can achieve stepless speed change. For details, refer to the embodiments shown in FIG. 21 and the like below.
变异模式如图 13所示: 此模式中, 各运动传输机构通过移动副、 转 动副与变速杆连接, 且转动副与变速杆连接点位置固定。 旋转中心轴 9 与变速杆采用转动点位置可调的转动副连接; 显见: 直线运动输入输出 件轨迹相互平行, 通过移动副、 转动副的衔接, 能传输变速杆上固定位 置点同一方向上的速率, 完全满足等角速同形位条件, 故可输出稳恒等 规律特性运动; 改变旋转中心轴 9与变速杆的转动副位置即可调速; 其 中, 旋转中心轴 9所在转动副与变速杆之间通过一可控移动副 M连接, 此可控移动副平时锁定, 与变速杆呈固定关系连接, 调速时解除锁定; 另外, 也可通过改变变速杆上输入输出受力点位置来变速。  The variation mode is shown in Figure 13: In this mode, each motion transmission mechanism is connected to the shift lever through a mobile pair and a rotary pair, and the position of the connection point between the rotary pair and the shift lever is fixed. The rotation center shaft 9 is connected to the shift lever using a rotating pair with adjustable turning point position. It is obvious that the trajectories of the linear motion input and output parts are parallel to each other. Through the connection of the moving pair and the rotating pair, the fixed position points on the shift lever can be transmitted in the same direction. The speed completely satisfies the conditions of constant angular velocity and isomorphism, so it can output stable and regular motions. The speed can be adjusted by changing the positions of the rotating center shaft 9 and the rotating pair of the shift lever. Among them, the rotating pair and the shift lever where the rotating center axis 9 is located They are connected by a controllable moving pair M. This controllable moving pair is usually locked and connected to the gearshift lever in a fixed relationship, and unlocked during speed adjustment. In addition, you can change the speed by changing the position of the input and output force points on the gearshift lever. .
平行三点一线变速原理模式(二)一一连续运转型  Parallel three-point one-line speed change principle mode (two) one-to-one continuous operation
通过多根变速杆的单向循环转动交替输出等特性运动。设计原则为 转运动转换为单向直线运动一一 过平行三点一线变速模式转换输出等特性单向直线运动一一单向直线运动转换为旋转运动 实施例示意筒图如图 14所示,件号对照见附图说明: 此机构利用连 续单向运行的直线运动输入输出牵引同步带(16、 17 )实现旋转 /单向直 线运动转换, 并设置多根变速杆按一定夹角均匀分布, 轮流交替与同一 运行方向牵引同步带结合完成传输动力工作, 变速杆进入有效区时与牵 引同步带接合, 变速杆转离有效区时与牵引同步带分离, 达到单向连续 运转效果, 连续调节变速旋转中心轴位置即可实现无级变速, 具体细节 参见下文图 39等实施例。  Characteristic movements such as alternate output through unidirectional rotation of multiple shift levers. The design principle is to convert rotary motion to one-way linear motion, one-to-one, parallel three-point, one-line variable-speed mode conversion output, and other characteristics. See the description of the part number for comparison: This mechanism uses continuous unidirectional running linear motion input and output traction timing belts (16, 17) to realize rotation / unidirectional linear motion conversion, and sets multiple shift levers to be evenly distributed at a certain included angle. Alternate rotation combined with the traction timing belt in the same running direction to complete the power transmission work. When the shift lever enters the effective area, it engages with the traction timing belt. When the shift lever turns away from the effective area, it separates from the traction timing belt to achieve the effect of one-way continuous operation and continuously adjust the transmission. Stepless speed change can be achieved by rotating the central axis position. For details, refer to the embodiments shown in FIG. 39 and the like below.
其对应的变异模式如图 15所示,其工作原理与往复型相似, 关键技 术是确保每一变速杆在与牵引同步带结合工作时必须保证上下的同形 位特性, 为了调速方便, 可采取输入输出变速臂分离设置型。 小结: 普遍型通过在变速杆上设置移动副, 确保了在不调速的运行 过程中变速动力臂、阻力臂比值恒定; 变异型则在变速杆上设置转动副, 确保了输入输出变速臂施力点位置恒定不变, 达到变速动力臂、 阻力臂 比值恒定。 两者均依据等角速同向翻转位似性变速原理设置具备了在有 效工作过程中始终满足等角速、 同形位条件, 所以均可实现等特性无级 变速。 The corresponding mutation pattern is shown in Figure 15. Its working principle is similar to the reciprocating type. The key technology is to ensure that each shift lever must guarantee the same shape characteristics when it is combined with the traction timing belt. For speed adjustment, you can take I / O shift arm separate setting type. Summary: The universal type has a moving pair on the shift lever to ensure that the ratio of the power shifting arm and the resistance arm is constant during the non-speed-adjusting operation; the variant has a rotating pair on the shift lever to ensure the input and output of the shift arm. The position of the force point is constant, and the ratio of the variable speed power arm and the resistance arm is constant. Both of them are based on the principle of constant angular velocity and same direction reversal, and have the same angular velocity and homomorphic position conditions in the effective working process, so they can achieve stepless transmission with constant characteristics.
根据上述指导思想: 在满足等角速同形位、 等角速同向翻转位似性 条件下可设计更多的变异型机构, 满足不同场合需求。  According to the above-mentioned guiding ideology: under the condition of meeting the similarity of constant angular velocity isomorphic position and constant angular velocity codirectional reversal position, more variant mechanisms can be designed to meet the needs of different occasions.
匀速旋转运动与勾速直线运动间的转化过程可借助当前的许多机构 转化,可参见下文实施例中列举的 "输入、输出旋转 /直线运动转换机构" 进行, 本专利的关键在于等角速同形位运动原理、 等角速同向翻转位似 性变速原理的构建, 也就是等规律特性无级变速模型的构建, 并具体构 建了目前技术很易解决的可通过直线运动机构进行衔接的变速模式, 不 论传动比如何变化, 输入输出衔接机构运动轨迹均为直线运动, 避开了 目前难以解决的无级变径轮及无级变曲率曲线体设计环节。  The conversion process between uniform rotating motion and hook speed linear motion can be transformed with the help of many current mechanisms. Refer to the "input / output rotation / linear motion conversion mechanism" listed in the examples below. The key of this patent is the constant angular velocity isomorph The construction of the principle of positional movement, the principle of constant angular velocity reversal, the construction of the similarity shifting principle, that is, the construction of a continuously variable transmission model with isochronous characteristics, and specifically constructs a transmission mode that can be easily connected by a linear motion mechanism in current technology. No matter how the transmission ratio changes, the motion trajectory of the input-output coupling mechanism is a linear motion, which avoids the design steps of the stepless variable wheel and stepless variable curve body that are currently difficult to solve.
变速原理的延伸拓展应用——非等特性变速:  Extending and expanding the application of the principle of shifting-non-equivalence shifting:
通过改变运动传输件的布置夹角、 或用曲线、 弧线、 多点折线设计 运动传输机构, 以及改变变速臂的夹角, 可获得特殊变速运动输出。 如图 16所示, 其中, 此图为理论建模结构示意简图, 仅为表述运动件 的路径设置关系及运动状态的转化示意, 图中, 实线代表变速臂, 虚线 代表运动传输件轨迹; a为运动输入件, b、 c、 d为运动输出件。 图 16.1 为变速臂呈直线布置型, a以匀速运动输入, 在输出端, b以加速输出, c以减速输出, 而 d则先减速后加速; 图 16.2为变速臂呈折线布置型, a 以匀速运动输入, 在输出端, b、 c以加速运动输出, d先减速后加速。 具体应用中, 可按输出运动特性要求设计可变传动比数据, 让匀速旋转 运动按照所需的变速形式输出,获得特殊运动曲线,满足特种工况所需。 杆自身直线之外的方式也可获得特种变速输出。 该传动类型属低副传 动, 在特定场合可用来代替凸轮机构, 实现低副代替高副传动效果, 提 高承载能力、 传动效率, 争低成本、 延长寿命。 此类机构还可逆向应 用, 根据需要对特定复杂运动、 脉动运动进行滤流整形, 以匀速、 近匀 速或其它特殊规律运动形式输出。 Special variable speed motion output can be obtained by changing the arrangement angle of the motion transmission parts, or designing the motion transmission mechanism with curves, arcs, and multi-point polylines, and changing the angle of the shift arm. As shown in FIG. 16, where this diagram is a schematic diagram of a theoretical modeling structure, and is only a schematic representation of a path setting relationship and a movement state of a moving part. In the figure, a solid line represents a shift arm, and a dotted line represents a trajectory of a moving transmission part. A is a motion input part, b, c, and d are motion output parts. Figure 16.1 shows a linear arrangement of the shift arm, a is input at a constant speed, and at the output end, b outputs at an accelerated speed, c outputs at a deceleration, and d decelerates first and then accelerates; Figure 16.2 shows a linear arrangement of the shift arm, a For uniform motion input, at the output end, b and c are used to accelerate the motion output, and d is decelerated first and then accelerated. In specific applications, variable transmission ratio data can be designed according to the requirements of output motion characteristics to allow uniform rotation The movement is output according to the required variable speed form, and a special movement curve is obtained to meet the requirements of special working conditions. Special shift output can also be obtained in ways other than the straight line of the lever itself. This type of transmission is a low-pair transmission, which can be used to replace the cam mechanism in specific occasions, to achieve the effect of low-pair replacing high-pair transmission, improve load capacity, transmission efficiency, compete for low cost, and extend life. Such mechanisms can also be applied in reverse, filtering and shaping specific complex motions and pulsating motions as needed, and outputting them in uniform, near uniform, or other special regular motion forms.
本发明的特点、 优点:  Features and advantages of the invention:
本专利采用与传统变速器截然不同的变速思想, 达到了特有的变速 效果, 可以方便快捷地实现任一传 '动比的轻松调制, 档位处于零点时, 将平顺彻底切断动力流, 可以安全替代分离离合器及设定空档。 调速过 程不中断动力流, 从而使速率变换趋于极度平稳过渡化。 运行状态中的 调速过程巧妙自然借助功率流侧向动力分力的周期性助力效果实现轻 松助力变速。 可传递扭矩范围几乎没有任何制约因素, 只要空间范围适 宜, 即可传递任意大的扭矩, 从而使得本发明的变速器广泛适应于各种 重型、 轻型、 微型车辆及其它变速场合。 整个工作过程无大的机械冲击 碰撞, 且具过载保护功能。 同时该装置的灵敏自由精密稳定操纵性使其 极易实现自动控制, 采取自控模式后具备极优的全自动快捷宽区间无级 变速功能。  This patent adopts a completely different transmission idea from the traditional transmission, and achieves a unique transmission effect. It can easily and quickly realize the easy modulation of any transmission ratio. When the gear position is at zero, it will smoothly cut off the power flow and can be replaced safely. Disengage clutch and set neutral. The speed regulation process does not interrupt the power flow, so that the rate change tends to transition extremely smoothly. The speed regulation process in the running state cleverly and naturally uses the periodic power-assisting effect of the lateral flow of the power flow to achieve a power-assisted speed change. The transmittable torque range has almost no restrictive factors. As long as the space range is suitable, it can transmit arbitrarily large torque, so that the transmission of the present invention is widely applicable to various heavy, light, mini vehicles and other transmission occasions. The whole working process has no large mechanical impact and collision, and has overload protection function. At the same time, the device's sensitive, free, precise and stable maneuverability makes it extremely easy to achieve automatic control. After adopting the automatic control mode, it has an excellent automatic fast wide-range stepless speed change function.
该类变速器具有: 结构合理、 操作简捷、 精确稳定、 实施筒便、 经 济高效等优点。 变速器主变速系统为低副传动,承载能力高、'工作可靠、 性能稳定, 变速范围极广, 可增速、 减速、 过零、 反向 (正反转的传输 特性完全相同, 对原动机的输入转向无条件要求) 以及超近零、 超低速 精密平稳输出转矩, 适应性强、 寿命长、 调控方便简单。 采用 "等角速 同形位运动原理"、 "等角速同向翻转位似性变速原理" 设计,克服了传 统脉动无级变速器的相关致命缺陷, 整个机构动力链无薄弱环节, 具有 等效的承载容量, 可最大限度发挥各环节潜能, 载能力和抗冲击能力 强。 其空间结构系列机构设计灵活多变, 可以任意方位设计传动轴。 是 目前特有的非摩擦式匀速无脉动低副高效大功率机械无级变速器。 附图简要说明 This type of transmission has the advantages of reasonable structure, simple operation, accurate and stable, convenient implementation, cost-effective and so on. The main transmission system of the transmission is a low-pair transmission, with high bearing capacity, reliable operation, stable performance, and extremely wide speed range. It can increase, reduce, zero-cross, and reverse (the transmission characteristics of forward and reverse are exactly the same. Input steering is unconditional) and ultra-near zero and ultra-low speed precision and stable output torque, strong adaptability, long life, easy and simple adjustment. Adopt the design of "equal angular velocity isomorphic motion principle" and "equal angular velocity co-rotating position similarity shift principle" to overcome the problem The fatal flaws related to the pulsating continuously variable transmission, the entire mechanism's power chain has no weak links, has an equivalent load capacity, can maximize the potential of each link, and has strong load capacity and shock resistance. Its space structure series mechanism design is flexible and changeable, and the drive shaft can be designed in any orientation. It is a unique non-friction type constant speed non-pulsation low-pair high-efficiency high-power mechanical continuously variable transmission. Brief description of the drawings
图 1 : 等角速同形位运动原理图;  Figure 1: Schematic diagram of isokinetic isomorphic motion;
图 2: 等特性无级变速理论模型图;  Figure 2: The theoretical model of isochronous continuously variable transmission;
图 3: 等特性无级变速理论分析图;  Figure 3: Theoretical analysis chart of CVT;
图 4: 等角速同向翻转位似性变速原理图解(一);  Figure 4: Schematic diagram of the principle of similar angular velocity inversion in the same direction (Part I);
图 5: 等角速同向翻转位似性变速原理图解 (二);  Figure 5: Schematic diagram of the principle of similar angular shift in the same direction and in the same direction (two);
图 6: 等角速同向翻转位似性变速原理图解 (三);  Figure 6: Schematic illustration of the principle of similar angular shifting in the same direction and in the same direction (three);
图 7: 等角速同向翻转位似性变速原理图解(四)  Figure 7: Schematic illustration of the principle of similar angular velocity in the same direction and reversed position (IV)
图 8: 空间等特性无级变速原理示意图 (一)  Figure 8: Schematic of the principle of continuously variable transmission such as space (I)
图 9: 空间等特性无级变速原理示意图 (二);  Figure 9: Schematic diagram of the principle of continuously variable transmission such as space (2);
图 10: 空间等特性无级变速原理示意图 (三);  Figure 10: Schematic diagram of the principle of continuously variable transmission such as space (3);
图 11 : 平行三点一线变速原理几何化模型图;  Figure 11: Geometric model of parallel three-point one-line speed change principle;
图 12: 平行三点一线变速原理模式(一) 示意简图;  Figure 12: Schematic diagram of parallel three-point one-line speed change mode (a)
图 13: 平行三点一线变速原理模式(一) 变异模式图 ; 图 14: 平行三点一线变速原理模式(二) 示意简图;  Figure 13: Principle of parallel three-point one-line speed change (1) Variation mode diagram; Figure 14: Principle of parallel three-point one-line speed change (2) schematic diagram;
图 15: 平行三点一线变速原理模式(二) 变异模式图;  Figure 15: Principle of parallel three-point one-line speed change mode (two) Variation mode diagram;
图 16: 非等特性变速理论模型图;  Figure 16: Diagram of theoretical model of non-equivalence transmission;
图 17: 等角速同形位往复型无级变速器机构简图;  Figure 17: Schematic diagram of constant angular velocity reciprocating continuously variable transmission mechanism;
图 18: 运动输入转化过程分析图;  Figure 18: Analysis of the transformation process of motion input;
图 19: 运动转化机构竖向布置方案图; 图 20: 运动转化机构竖向布置机构简图; Figure 19: Vertical arrangement scheme of the motion conversion mechanism; Figure 20: A schematic diagram of a vertical arrangement mechanism of a motion conversion mechanism;
图 21 : 等角速同形位往复型无级变速器装配图; Figure 21: Assembly diagram of constant angular velocity reciprocating continuously variable transmission;
图 22: 变速杆与直线运动输入输出件、 调速块的几种联接方式; 图 23: 变速器输入功率流分配结构布置方案 (二); Figure 22: Several connection methods of the gearshift lever, linear motion input and output parts, and speed control block; Figure 23: Transmission power flow distribution structure layout scheme of the transmission (2);
图 24: 圓柱齿轮配流盘型择流离合器机构布置图; Figure 24: Arrangement diagram of a spur gear distributor disc type selective clutch mechanism;
图 25: 等角速同形位往复型无级变速器机构简图 (二); 图 26: 能传递扭矩的滚动接触式移动副系列方案; Fig. 25: Schematic diagram of constant angular velocity reciprocating continuously variable transmission mechanism (2); Fig. 26: Rolling contact type mobile pair scheme capable of transmitting torque;
图 27: 择流摆盘的自锁控制方式系列; Figure 27: Self-locking control series of current-selective wobble plate;
图 28: 择流摆盘的自封闭内力加压控制方式系列; Figure 28: Self-closing internal force pressure control method series
图 29: 输入锁速枕与择流摆盘运动规律图像分析; Figure 29: Image analysis of motion laws of input lock and pillow
图 30: 凸轮轮廓的几种设计方案; Figure 30: Several design options for cam profile;
图 31: 电磁择流离合器结构图; Figure 31: Structure diagram of electromagnetic selective clutch;
图 32: 直动从动件圆柱凸轮转换式变速器布置图系列 Figure 32: Cylindrical Cam Convertible Transmission Arrangement Series
图 33 : 凸轮轮廓曲线展开图及运动规律图像分析; Figure 33: Cam contour curve unfolded image and analysis of motion pattern image;
图 34: 双周期凸轮轮廓曲线展开图; Figure 34: Expansion view of the contour curve of the double-cycle cam;
图 35: 双滚轮型直动从动件圆柱凸轮机构; Figure 35: Double-roller type linear follower cylindrical cam mechanism;
图 36: 直动从动件盘形凸轮转换式变速器布置图; Fig. 36: Layout drawing of a disc cam change-over transmission with a linear follower;
图 37: 盘形凸轮轮廓曲线图及运动规律图像分析; Figure 37: Contour diagram of disc cam and image analysis of motion pattern;
图 38: 双滚轮型直动从动件盘形凸轮机构; Figure 38: Double-roller-type linear follower disc cam mechanism;
图 39: 等角速同形位连续旋转型无级变速器装配图; Figure 39: Assembly diagram of constant angular constant-speed continuous rotation type continuously variable transmission;
图 40: 锁速块结构图 (一); Figure 40: Structure of speed lock block (1);
图 41 : 锁速块结构图 (二); Figure 41: Structure diagram of speed lock block (2);
图 42: 内外双轨道约束型及加压装置结构图; Figure 42: Structural diagram of internal and external dual-track restraint and pressurization device;
图 43: 变速臂总成装配图及零件图; Figure 43: Assembly drawing and parts drawing of the shift arm assembly;
图 44: 连续旋转型无级变速器实际应用装配图例; 图 45: 电磁牵引型变速器装配图; Figure 44: Assembly example of practical application of continuously rotating continuously variable transmission; Figure 45: Assembly drawing of an electromagnetic traction type transmission;
图 46: 电磁牵引型变速器派生系列; Figure 46: Derived series of electromagnetic traction transmission;
图 47: 横向对夹牵引型变速器机构图; Figure 47: Transverse wafer traction type transmission mechanism diagram;
图 48: 等角速同形位无级变速器的空间结构类型实施例模型简图; 图 49: 机构筒图通用元件符号表; Fig. 48: A schematic diagram of a space structure type embodiment model of a constant-angle isomorphous continuously variable transmission; Fig. 49: A general component symbol table of a mechanism barrel diagram;
图 50: 空间变速器机构筒图。 Figure 50: Space transmission mechanism barrel diagram.
其中: among them:
1、 同步带轮 2、 同步带 3、 滑杆 4、 输入轴 5、 移动副 1. Timing belt wheel 2. Timing belt 3. Slider 4. Input shaft 5. Moving pair
6、 直线运动输入件 7、 转动副 8、 变速杆 9、 旋转中心轴6.Linear motion input 7.Rotary pair 8.Shift lever 9.Rotary central axis
10、 直线运动输出件 11、 齿条 12、 齿轮 13、 输出轴 10, linear motion output parts 11, rack 12, gear 13, output shaft
14、 超越离合器 15、 调速块 16、 输入牵引同步带  14, overrunning clutch 15, speed control block 16, input traction timing belt
17、 输出牵引同步带 18、 齿轮传动组 19、 传动销轴 20、 滑块 17, output traction timing belt 18, gear transmission 19, transmission pin 20, slider
21、 换向导轨 22、 输入锁速枕 23、 输入锁速轨道 21, Reversing guide rail 22, Speed lock input 23, Speed lock input
24、 丝杆螺母调速装置 25、 输出锁速轨道 26、 输出锁速枕  24. Screw nut speed regulating device 25. Output lock track 26. Output lock pillow
27、 调速轨道 28、 调速柄 29、 传动销 30、 择流离合器主轴 27, Speed regulating track 28, Speed regulating handle 29, Transmission pin 30, Selective clutch main shaft
31、锥齿轮传动組 32、锥齿轮配流盘 33、择流传动架 34、 滚轮31.Bevel gear transmission group 32, Bevel gear distribution plate 33, Selective transmission frame 34, Roller wheel
35、 控制凸轮 36、 控制动力传动轴 37、 滑键 38、 择流摆盘35, control cam 36, control power transmission shaft 37, feather key 38, flow selection wobble plate
39、 择流加压盘 40、 推力轴承 41、 径向轴承 42、 摩擦盘面39, Selective pressure plate 40, Thrust bearing 41, Radial bearing 42, Friction disk surface
43、 回转支撑 44、 配速传动链 45、 左圆柱齿轮配流盘 43, slewing support 44, speed transmission chain 45, left cylindrical gear distribution plate
46、 右圆柱齿轮配流盘 47、 过渡换向齿轮 48、 右输出齿轮 46, right cylindrical gear distribution plate 47, transitional reversing gear 48, right output gear
49、 左输出齿轮 50、 滚动式移动副外圈 51、 滚动式移动副内圈49 、 Left output gear 50 、 Rolling mobile auxiliary outer ring 51 、 Rolling mobile auxiliary inner ring
52、 滚珠(滚柱、 滚针) 53、 保持架 54、 键 52, ball (roller, needle) 53, cage 54, key
55、 循环回流区滚珠 56、 工作区滚珠  55.Circular recirculation ball 56.Working area ball
57、 含循环滚珠道的分体組合式外圈 58、 滚珠循环隧道管 57. Split combined outer ring with circulating ball path 58, ball circulation tunnel tube
59、 含循环通道的一体式外圈 60、 滚动式移动副(滚动导轨) 、 有自锁功能的连杆机构 62、 弹性緩冲装置 59. Integrated outer ring with circulation channel 60. Rolling type mobile pair (rolling guide) , Link mechanism 62 with self-locking function, elastic buffering device
、 油缸(气虹、 牵引电磁铁) 64、 曲柄连杆机构 , Oil cylinder (air rainbow, traction electromagnet) 64, Crank connecting rod mechanism
、 连杆增力锁定机构 66、 钳式对夹施力装置 、 Linkage force locking mechanism 66 、 Clamp type clamping force applying device
、 机械牵引机构 68、 远程控制牵引线 、 Mechanical traction mechanism 68 、 Remote control traction line
、 自封闭对压施力型凸轮装置 70、 中间可动施压件 、 Self-closing pressure-applying force cam device 70 、 Movable pressure applying part in the middle
、 两侧静止承载件 72、 加压滚轮 73、 活塞杆 74、 触压滚轮 、 滑轮 76、 电刷 77、 电环 78、 弹垫 79、 电磁吸盘 、 可动衔铁择流摩擦盘片 81、 复位簧 82、 导流盘 83、 原动机 、 圆柱凸轮 85、 同步调速传动机构 86、 内壁轮廓式圓柱凸轮 、 盘形凸轮 88、 凸轮旋转轴 89、 凸轮支架 90、 牵引同步带轮 、 环形轨道 92、 锁速块 93、 轨道支撑 94、 变速臂 , Static carrier 72 on both sides, Pressure roller 73, Piston rod 74, Pressure roller, Pulley 76, Brush 77, Electric ring 78, Spring pad 79, Electromagnetic chuck, Movable armature selective friction disc 81, Reset Spring 82, deflector 83, prime mover, cylindrical cam 85, synchronous speed control mechanism 86, inner wall contour cylindrical cam, disc cam 88, cam rotating shaft 89, cam bracket 90, traction timing belt pulley, ring track 92 , Speed lock block 93, Track support 94, Gearshift arm
、 越位牵引簧 96、 牵引带张紧轮 97、摩擦牵引面 98、 导向滾轮 、 循环球道 100、 移动副套 101、 锁速块牵引耳板 102、 加压体3、 加压辊 104、 加压链板 105、 平型金属牵引带, Offside traction spring 96, traction belt tensioner 97, friction traction surface 98, guide roller, circulation fairway 100, mobile auxiliary sleeve 101, lock block traction lug 102, pressure body 3, pressure roller 104, plus Pressure chain plate 105, flat metal traction belt
6、 链板张紧轮 107、 牵引带轮啮合齿 108、 牵引带啮合孔9、 环形金属薄片 110、 锁速块承压连接体 111、 锁速定位座 、 锁速旋转轴 113、 导向对置滚轮 114、 螺栓6. Chain plate tensioning wheel 107, traction pulley meshing teeth 108, traction belt meshing holes 9, annular metal sheet 110, speed lock block pressure connection body 111, speed lock positioning seat, speed lock rotation shaft 113, guide opposite Roller 114, bolt
5、 复合同步牵引带 116、 链板销 117、 齿形加压链板5.Composite synchronous traction belt 116, chain plate pin 117, toothed pressure chain plate
8、 变速臂联接环 119、 平衡加强肋体 120、 伸缩移动副套1、 变速盘 122、 变速盘径向轨道 123、 电磁吸盘8. Shift arm coupling ring 119, balance reinforcement rib 120, telescopic movable auxiliary sleeve 1, shift disc 122, radial track of shift disc 123, electromagnetic chuck
4、 复合电磁牵引带 125、 齿形啮合层 126、 电磁牵引层7、 弹性联轴器 128、 侧置式锁速块 129、 承压牵引体4.Combined electromagnetic traction belt 125, toothed meshing layer 126, electromagnetic traction layer 7, elastic coupling 128, side-mounted speed lock block 129, pressure traction body
0、 平衡承压滚轮 131、 平衡承压盘 132、 等角速双万向联轴器3、 超长直齿圆柱齿轮 134、 滑键移动副0, Balanced pressure bearing roller 131, Balanced pressure bearing plate 132, Double angular universal joint with constant angular velocity 3, Ultra-long straight toothed spur gear 134, Sliding key moving pair
5、 可转动式移动副调速块 136、 组合式摆环机构 实施本发明的方式 5. Rotary movable auxiliary speed control block 136, combined swing ring mechanism Mode of Carrying Out the Invention
下面结合附图对本发明进行详细描述。  The present invention is described in detail below with reference to the drawings.
图 17所示为:等角速同形位往复型过零无级变速器机构筒图。其中, 本图为机构简图, 仅为简要表述原理结构布置关系, 各零部件未严格按 同一视图方向绘制, 相关细节情况可参照详图 21 ; 并且, 图中箭头方向 仅代表运动类型 (曲线箭头代表转动; 直线箭头代表平动), 并不代表具 体工作运动方向。 该类变速器包括: 输入轴、 输出轴, 输入、 输出旋转 /往复直线运动转换机构, 输入、 输出锁速枕, 输入、 输出锁速轨道, 变 速杆、 调速块、 调速轨道、 丝杆螺母调速装置, 择流离合器及滚轮 、 凸轮控制装置等主要部件。 动力流的衔接传输过程通过一系列运动传输 件完成, 本实施例中采用的辅助件包括: 导轨、 滑块、 移动副、 转动副、 齿轮传动组、 传动销、 调速柄、 锥齿轮传动组、 配速传动链等。  Figure 17 shows a cylinder diagram of a zero-speed continuously variable transmission of the same angular reciprocating reciprocating type. Among them, this diagram is a simplified diagram of the mechanism, which is only a brief description of the principle structure arrangement relationship. Each component is not strictly drawn in the same view direction. For details, please refer to Figure 21; and the direction of the arrow in the figure only represents the type of movement (curve The arrow represents rotation; the straight arrow represents translational movement), and does not represent the specific direction of work movement. This type of transmission includes: input shaft, output shaft, input and output rotary / reciprocating linear motion conversion mechanism, input and output speed locks, input and output speed lock tracks, shift lever, speed control block, speed control track, screw nut Main parts such as speed governing device, current selective clutch and roller, cam control device. The connection and transmission process of the power flow is completed by a series of motion transmission parts. The auxiliary parts used in this embodiment include: a guide rail, a slider, a moving pair, a rotating pair, a gear transmission group, a transmission pin, a speed regulating handle, and a bevel gear transmission group. , Speed transmission chain, etc.
工作原理:输入轴 4输入动力流分别经左右齿轮传动组 18分配于两 相对称设置的变速机组中, 左右两相变速机組在结构上完全相同, 但在 运行步调上, 其工作相位差为 1/4或 3/4周期 (参见下文一一图 29: 图 像分析), 按交替接力方式工作以相互弥补每相输入锁速枕 22在传动销 轴 19进入带轮的圆弧区的换向过程所导致的 "断流" 现象, 从而获得 连续功率流输出; 其中, 为方便表达, 本图仍采取全对称绘制。  Working principle: The input power flow of the input shaft 4 is distributed among the two symmetrically arranged transmission units via the left and right gear transmission groups 18, and the left and right two-phase transmission units are identical in structure, but in the operating step, the working phase difference is 1/4 or 3/4 cycle (see Figure 29: image analysis below), work in an alternating relay mode to compensate each other. The input of each phase lock lock 22 is reversed when the drive pin 19 enters the arc area of the pulley. The phenomenon of "interruption of current" caused by the process results in continuous power flow output. In order to facilitate the expression, the figure is still drawn in full symmetry.
该变速器的输入旋转 /直线运动转换机构包括同步带轮、同步带及相 应的移动副、 转动副等辅助件, 其运动转化过程分析如图 18 所示: 作 成移动副联接, 同步带 2与滑块 20通过销轴 19、 转动副 7联接。 当输 入轴带动同步带轮匀速旋转时, 锁速枕 22获得匀速往复直线运动, 当 铰接点 a进入带轮圆弧区时, 锁速枕发生反方向换向运动, 其换向过程 为简谐运动, 换向平稳、 冲击小, 且此类转换机构的直线运行区间可以 远大于圆弧过渡区, 非常适合于该类变速器使用。 The input rotation / linear motion conversion mechanism of the transmission includes timing belt wheels, timing belts, and corresponding auxiliary components such as moving pairs and rotating pairs. The analysis of the motion conversion process is shown in Figure 18: The moving pair is connected, and the timing belt 2 and the slide are connected. The block 20 is connected by a pin 19 and a rotating pair 7. When the input shaft drives the synchronous belt wheel to rotate at a uniform speed, the speed lock pillow 22 obtains a reciprocating linear motion at a uniform speed. When the hinge point a enters the arc area of the pulley, the speed lock pillow reverses the direction of movement, and the commutation process is simple and harmonic. Movement, smooth reversing, low impact, and the linear running interval of this type of conversion mechanism can be Much larger than the arc transition area, it is very suitable for this type of transmission.
再参考图 17, 输入锁速枕 22通过传动销轴 19、 转动副 7将动力传 输于变速杆 8 , 变速杆在动力作用下绕旋转中心轴 9转动并将动力经滑 块 20、 转动副 7、 销轴 19传递于运动输出件输出锁速枕 26, 输出锁速 枕在输出锁速轨道 25 约束下沿其轨道直线运行, 由于输入、 输出锁速 轨道 23、 25平行布置, 而输入、输出锁速枕 22、 26与变速杆 8作用点、 旋转中心轴 9轴心, 三者之间具备 "三点一线" 关系, 即: 此变速机构 满足 "平行三点一线" 变速模式; 其中, "三点一线" 是平面运动理论 模型, 实际应用中, 所谓平面运动是指: 运动轨迹在同一平面内的运动, 并不是所有运动件在同一平面内; 对具体机构的研究原则为: 对于不在 同一平面内的平面运动件可转化到同一平面内分析, 对于空间运动件则 按微元法分析其即时运动规律。 所以在此具体机构中, 只要满足: 三点 在同一参考平面(与运动轨迹所在平面平行)内的投影满足 "三点一线" 关系即可。 另外: 如本类机构中, 也可以总结为 "三线共面" 原则, 三 线: 指输入锁速枕 22与变速杆 8的联接处转动副 7的旋转轴心线(或 此处销轴旋转轴心线)、 输出锁速枕 26与变速杆 8的联接处转动副 7的 旋转轴心线(或此处销轴旋转轴心线)、 变速杆旋转中心轴 9旋转轴心 线, 在变速过程中只要时刻保证此三线在同一平面内则可满足 "等特性 变速"。 所以, 如果输入锁速枕此时为匀速运动, 输出锁速枕也将输出 具有等规律特性的勾速直线运动, 且速率比等于此时变速动力臂、 变速 阻力臂长度比, 也即: 输入、 输出锁速枕与变速杆两作用点距旋转中心 轴心的距离比。 调速块 15与丝杆螺母调速装置 24的可动件螺母相连, 旋转调速柄 28可连续调节调速块位置实现无级变速。 该变速器的输出 旋转 /直线运动转换机构由同步带、 同步带轮等组成, 输出锁速枕经传动 Referring again to FIG. 17, the input speed lock 22 transmits power to the shift lever 8 through the transmission pin 19 and the rotation pair 7, and the shift lever rotates around the rotation center axis 9 under the action of the power and passes the power through the slider 20 and the rotation pair 7 The pin 19 is transmitted to the movement output piece output lock pillow 26, and the output lock pillow runs along its track under the constraint of the output lock track 25. Since the input and output lock tracks 23 and 25 are arranged in parallel, the input and output The speed locks 22, 26, the operating point of the shift lever 8, and the 9-axis center of the rotation center axis have a "three-point, one-line" relationship, that is, this transmission mechanism meets the "parallel three-point, one-line" transmission mode; "Three points and one line" is a theoretical model of plane motion. In practical applications, the so-called plane motion refers to: the movement of the motion trajectory in the same plane, not all the moving parts in the same plane; the research principles for specific mechanisms are: For plane moving parts that are not in the same plane, they can be transformed into the same plane for analysis, and for space moving parts, the real-time motion rule is analyzed by the micro-element method. So in this specific mechanism, as long as: The projection of three points in the same reference plane (parallel to the plane where the trajectory is located) satisfies the "three points and one line" relationship. In addition, as in this type of mechanism, it can also be summarized as the "three-line coplanar" principle. Three-line: Refers to the centerline of the rotation axis of the rotating pair 7 at the joint of the speed lock 22 and the shift lever 8 (or the pin rotation axis here). Center line), the output shaft centerline of the rotation pair 7 (or here the pin rotation axis center line) at the joint of the output lock pillow 26 and the shift lever 8, during the shifting process In China, as long as the three wires are guaranteed to be in the same plane at all times, the "equal-characteristic speed change" can be satisfied. Therefore, if the input speed lock is moving at a constant speed at this time, the output speed lock will also output a linear motion of hook speed with regular characteristics, and the speed ratio is equal to the length ratio of the variable speed power arm and the variable resistance arm at this time, that is: input 、 Output the distance ratio between the two action points of the speed lock pillow and the gear shift lever to the center of the rotation center. The speed control block 15 is connected to the nut of the movable member of the screw nut speed control device 24. Rotating the speed control handle 28 can continuously adjust the position of the speed control block to achieve stepless speed change. The transmission's output rotation / linear motion conversion mechanism consists of a timing belt, a timing belt wheel, etc.
•] ÷h -h - ^. ^ ΙΞΙ ( 山 ^ίί ϋ^ fe j^山 151 ^ ΓίΙ ^ 平动关系, 故其联接处可不加转动副, 用传动销固连即可), 然后, 在 同步带轮 1处转化为旋转运动。 由于 #Γ出锁速枕为往复直线运动, 故同 步带轮也为往复旋转运动, 需通过本装置中的择流离合器进行择流整 形, 本专利中公开的择流离合器与传统超越离合器有所不同, 属于一种 控制式离合器, 可由外界信号控制有选择性地传输转矩, 滤掉不符合输 出要求的运动。 本装置采用输入端控制原则, 只输出铰接点 a (见图 18 ) 在同步带直线运行区的匀速运动 (其具体控制方案详见下文一一图 29: 图像分析)。 其动力流路径为: 输出锁速枕直线运动经传动销、 同步带、 同步带轮转化为旋转运动后输入择流离合器主轴 30,择流离合器主轴与 择流摆盘 38之间通过滑键(导向键) 37联接 (为减小摩擦, 可采取滚 珠花键方式联接,即在花键槽中放有滚珠,将滑动摩擦变成了滚动摩擦, 其具体实施方式见图 26 ), 在传递扭矩的同时可沿轴向移动。 择流摆盘 38的轴向移动受变速器输入端运动控制。输入端动力流由控制动力传动 轴 36引入, 经同步带轮、 同步带组成的配速传动链传递于控制凸轮 35 (其中: 配速传动链的功能是将传动轴 36输出的转矩以特定传动比驱 动控制凸轮以协调控制凸轮与变速相位的步调匹配, 所以, 可用其它多 种传动方式组建配速传动链, 例如图 25所示方式), 凸轮轮廓曲线按一 定规律设计(参见图 29、 图 30.1、 30.2 ), 适时控制滚轮 34的位移, 滚 轮 34的位移量经择流传动架 33 (注: 本图例中传动架与锥齿轮配流盘 交界处采用虚线绘制, 表示二者间的空间位置不发生相互干涉, 具体连 接关系参照图 21中 A向局部放大图:)、 回转支撑 43传递于择流摆盘 38 上, 控制其与左右两侧锥齿轮配流盘 32 的离合时序步调, 达到将摩擦 摆盘不同方向的旋转运动分别传递于左右两侧不同的锥齿轮配流盘上, 或者说: 让左右两配流盘均只接受同一旋转方向的单向扭矩驱动, 实现 择流整形目的, 完成对往复转矩功率流的整流处理, 最后经锥齿轮传动 组将左右两锥齿轮配流盘功率流并流输出。 •] ÷ h -h-^. ^ ΙΞΙ (山 ^ ίί ϋ ^ fe j ^ 山 151 ^ ΓίΙ ^ Translational relationship, so there is no need for a rotating pair at its joint, and it can be fixed by a transmission pin). Then, it is converted into a rotary motion at the timing belt pulley 1. Because the # Γ out-lock speed pillow is a reciprocating linear motion, the synchronous belt pulley is also a reciprocating rotary motion. It is necessary to perform flow selective shaping by the current selective clutch in this device. The current selective clutch disclosed in this patent is different from the traditional overrunning clutch. Differently, it belongs to a control type clutch, which can be controlled by external signals to selectively transmit torque and filter out motions that do not meet output requirements. This device adopts the input terminal control principle, and only outputs the articulation point a (see Figure 18) at a uniform speed in the linear running area of the synchronous belt (the specific control scheme is shown in Figure 29: Image Analysis below). The power flow path is as follows: the linear motion of the output lock speed pillow is converted into a rotary motion via a transmission pin, a timing belt, and a timing belt pulley, and then the selection clutch main shaft 30 is input, and a slip key is used between the selection clutch main shaft and the selection wobble plate 38 ( Guide key) 37 coupling (in order to reduce friction, ball spline coupling can be adopted, that is, a ball is placed in the spline groove to change the sliding friction into rolling friction, and its specific implementation is shown in Figure 26). At the same time, it can move in the axial direction. The axial movement of the deflection wobble plate 38 is controlled by the motion of the input end of the transmission. The power flow at the input end is introduced by the control power transmission shaft 36, and is transmitted to the control cam 35 via a speed transmission chain composed of a timing pulley and a timing belt (wherein the function of the speed transmission chain is to transfer the torque output by the transmission shaft 36 to a specific The gear ratio drives the control cam to coordinate the pace between the control cam and the shift phase. Therefore, a variety of other transmission methods can be used to build a speed transmission chain, such as the method shown in Figure 25. The cam profile curve is designed according to a certain rule (see Figure 29, (Figures 30.1 and 30.2). The displacement of the roller 34 is controlled in a timely manner. The displacement of the roller 34 is passed through the selection drive frame 33 (Note: In the illustration, the boundary between the transmission frame and the bevel gear distribution plate is drawn with a dashed line to indicate the space position between the two. There is no mutual interference. For a specific connection relationship, refer to a partially enlarged view of A in FIG. 21 :), the slewing support 43 is transmitted to the flow selection plate 38, and the clutch timing with the bevel gear flow plate 32 on the left and right sides is controlled to achieve the timing of the clutch. The rotational movements of the friction wobble plate in different directions are respectively transmitted to the bevel gear flow plates on the left and right sides, or in other words: let the left and right flow plates only accept A unidirectional torque driving rotation direction, to achieve the purpose of the optional traffic shaping, complete rectification process reciprocating torque power flow, and finally by the bevel gear The group outputs the power flow of the left and right bevel gear distribution plates in parallel.
由于左右两相变速机组的工作步调相差 1/4或 3/4周期, 即: 当左 相机组工作步调处于往复换向断流区间时, 右相机組正好处于最佳稳定 匀速工作区, 反之亦然, 达到交替工作平稳衔接在输出轴上, 并流输出 连续稳定功率流。  Because the working steps of the left and right two-phase transmission units differ by 1/4 or 3/4 cycles, that is, when the working step of the left camera group is in the reciprocating commutation interruption interval, the right camera group is just in the best stable and uniform speed working area, and vice versa However, the alternating operation is smoothly connected to the output shaft, and the parallel current output is continuous and stable power flow.
通过改变择流摆盘与左右两配流盘的离合步调可改变输出轴运动方 向。 例如: 如果原来择流摆盘顺时针转矩传递于左配流盘, 逆时针转矩 传递于右配流盘, 现在改为顺时针转矩传递于右配流盘, 逆时针转矩传 递于左配流盘, 则达到换向目的。 此过程通过改变控制凸轮 35 与滚轮 34的传动配合相位即可实现, 其中: 左右机组应同时换向。  The direction of the output shaft movement can be changed by changing the clutch steps of the current selection pendulum and the left and right flow distribution plates. For example: If the original clockwise torque was transmitted to the left valve plate and the counterclockwise torque was transmitted to the right valve plate, the clockwise torque is now transmitted to the right valve plate and the counterclockwise torque is transmitted to the left valve plate. , Then the purpose of commutation is achieved. This process can be realized by changing the transmission coordination phase of the control cam 35 and the roller 34, wherein: the left and right units should be switched at the same time.
此类机构的优点还在于: 可进一步降低往复运动系统的往复运行频 率, 降低往复惯性冲击、 提高传动效率。 在输入端, 齿轮传动组 18 与 输入同步带传动运动转化系统(其直线运行区间可以远大于圆弧过渡 区, 有减频作用)一起具有减频效果; 在输出端, 可通过锥齿轮传动组 31与输出同步带传动运动转化系统进行增速补偿还原。  The advantage of this type of mechanism is that it can further reduce the reciprocating frequency of the reciprocating motion system, reduce the reciprocating inertia impact, and improve the transmission efficiency. At the input end, the gear transmission group 18 and the input timing belt drive motion conversion system (its linear running range can be much larger than the arc transition area, which has a frequency reduction effect) have a frequency reduction effect; at the output end, it can be driven by a bevel gear transmission group 31 Speed increase compensation and restoration are performed with the output synchronous belt drive motion conversion system.
此外: 左右相机组的控制凸轮 35可合并用一个凸轮统一控制,只要 将两择流传动架上滚轮 34安置在同一凸轮轮廓的不同位置处即可, 这 样一来则凸轮控制系统为左右相机组共用 (可设置在变速器中间), 从 而减小半数控制辅助件, 简化设计。  In addition: the control cams 35 of the left and right camera groups can be combined to use a single cam for unified control, as long as the rollers 34 of the two stream-selective transmission frames are placed at different positions on the same cam profile, so that the cam control system is the left and right camera groups Shared (can be placed in the middle of the transmission), which reduces control aids by half and simplifies design.
图 19、 图 20所示为: 变速器运动转化机构竖向布置方案图及对应 机构简图, 其零部件的构造、 功能、 工作原理与图 17 所示方案无异, 其区別仅仅在于: 作为运动转化机构的同步带、 同步带轮采取转轴竖向 方式布置, 更适合于某些场合使用。  Figures 19 and 20 show: The vertical arrangement scheme of the transmission movement conversion mechanism and the corresponding mechanism diagram. The structure, function, and working principle of its components are the same as those shown in Figure 17, the only difference is that: The timing belt and timing belt wheels of the conversion mechanism are arranged vertically in the rotating shaft, which is more suitable for use in some occasions.
图 21 : 等角速同形位往复型过零无级变速器装配图, 为了简要清晰 地表述, 本专利说明书附图并未严格按工程图标准绘制, 图中某些部分 采取了详筒并茂方式表达, 如图中的螺母丝杆调速机构采取筒图方式表 述更清晰明了。 图 21的工作原理与图 17所示一样, 但在本图中, 择流 传动架 33与择流摆盘 38之间通过择流加压盘 39、 推力轴承 40、 径向 轴承 41组成回转支撑机构衔接, 用来传递择流压紧力, 在实际应用中, 此方式可进一步减小回转系统转动惯量及增大承载能力。 在非专用设计 中, 为达到传递压紧力、 隔离扭矩目的, 可用现有回转支撑标准件代替, 如机构筒图所示。 Figure 21: Assembly diagram of constant angular velocity reciprocating zero-cross continuously variable transmission. For the sake of simplicity and clarity, the drawings in this patent specification have not been drawn strictly according to engineering drawing standards. Some parts of the figure It is expressed in detail and in a condensed manner. The nut screw speed regulation mechanism in the figure is expressed in a clearer way. The working principle of FIG. 21 is the same as that shown in FIG. 17, but in this figure, a slewing support is formed between the current selective transmission frame 33 and the current selective wobble plate 38 through a current selective pressure plate 39, a thrust bearing 40, and a radial bearing 41. The mechanism is connected to transmit the selective compression force. In practical applications, this method can further reduce the rotational inertia of the slewing system and increase the bearing capacity. In the non-dedicated design, in order to achieve the purpose of transmitting compression force and isolating torque, the existing slewing support standard parts can be used instead, as shown in the mechanism barrel diagram.
图 22为变速杆与直线运动输入输出件、 调速块的几种联接方式, a 代表直线运动输入件; b代表直线运动输出件, k代表调速块及旋转中 心轴; 其中: A、 B类型与图 21实施例中的相应连接关系性质相同, B 图与 A图区别仅在于变速杆与直线运动输入、输出件的连接关系互换位 置, C图的连接关系与图 12方式相同, 下文的连续旋转型也采用此类 似结构, D图中的变速杆输入输出部分相对分离, 彼此呈移动副关系连 接, 而与直线运动输入、 输出件之间则以转动副连接, 达到了在变速过 程变速杆端头轨迹极限位始终不超越直线运动输入、 输出件轨迹所在两 平行线的范围, 此结构有利于缩小变速器的空间布局, 与下文提到的含 伸缩移动副套 120的分离式变速臂的目的大致相同 (见图 44.3 )。  Figure 22 shows several ways of connecting the shift lever with the linear motion input and output parts and the speed control block, a represents the linear motion input part, b represents the linear motion output part, and k represents the speed control block and the rotation center axis; where: A, B The type is the same as the corresponding connection relationship in the embodiment of FIG. 21, and the difference between B and A is only in the interchange position of the connection relationship between the shift lever and the linear motion input and output parts. The connection relationship in C is the same as that in FIG. 12, hereinafter The continuous rotation type also adopts this similar structure. The input and output parts of the shift lever in Figure D are relatively separated and connected with each other in a moving pair relationship, while they are connected with the linear motion input and output parts by a rotating pair to achieve the speed change process. The limit position of the trajectory of the shift lever end does not exceed the range of the two parallel lines where the trajectory of the linear motion input and output parts is located. This structure is helpful to reduce the space layout of the transmission, and the separate transmission arm with the telescopic movable auxiliary sleeve 120 mentioned below. The purpose is roughly the same (see Figure 44.3).
图 23为变速器输入功率流的另一配置方案,该方案利用一对传动齿 轮输入功率流, 通过同一齿轮的两侧轴端进行功率分流, 分别传输于左 右两相变速机组的同步带轮中, 使机构进一步简化, 但其缺点是: 左右 两相机组的变速杆间距加大, 不利于调速块的统一精确控制。 右图所示 结构较好, 两变速杆的间距比左图中的近。  Figure 23 shows another configuration of the transmission input power flow. This solution uses a pair of transmission gears to input power flow, and splits the power through the shaft ends on the two sides of the same gear, which are respectively transmitted to the synchronous pulleys of the two-phase transmission unit. The mechanism is further simplified, but its disadvantages are: the distance between the shift levers of the left and right camera groups is increased, which is not conducive to the uniform and precise control of the speed control block. The structure shown on the right is better, and the distance between the two shift levers is closer than on the left.
图 24: 圆柱齿轮配流盘型择流离合器机构布置图, 该择流离合器采 用平面圆柱齿轮配流盘代替空间圆锥齿轮配流盘, 有利于降低成本, 消 除或减小轴向负荷。 但缺点是: 增加了一过渡换向齿轮 47。 其中: 锥齿轮配流盘型择流离合器的轴向力可通过内部平衡, 属系 统内力, 不对外体现, 而输出轴上的轴向分力则通过左右两相机组的锥 齿轮对峙方式设计来获得平衡。 所以, 整个系统在工作中仍具有较好的 平稳性。 Figure 24: Arrangement diagram of a spur gear flow-disc type selective clutch mechanism. The flow-selective clutch uses a flat cylindrical gear flow plate instead of a space bevel gear flow plate, which is beneficial to reducing costs and eliminating or reducing axial loads. However, the disadvantages are: a transitional reversing gear 47 is added. Among them: The axial force of the bevel gear distribution disc type selective clutch can be balanced internally and belongs to the system internal force, which is not reflected externally, and the axial component force on the output shaft is obtained by the bevel gear design of the left and right camera groups. balance. Therefore, the entire system still has good stability in work.
图 25: 等角速同形位往复型过零无级变速器机构筒图 (二), 该方 案与图 17所示机构不同之处在于: 功率流输出端的择流离合器以及配 速传动链的设置不同, 该择流离合器采取: 输出端同步带轮输出的往复 转矩直接传递于锥齿轮配流盘, 靠择流摆盘周期性地与左右两侧往复旋 转配流盘的离合来完成择流整形、 择取单向旋转动力, 并通过与之呈滑 键联接的择流离合器主轴将整流后的单向转矩输出。 显见: 该方案中择 流离合器内部做往复旋转的部件是配流盘, 而择流摆盘做单向旋转; 与 前者正好相反。 此处的设计原则一般为: 取转动惯量小的一方作为往复 旋转部件。 另外: 本图中的配速传动链为: 控制动力传动轴一一空间锥 齿轮——传动杆一一平面齿轮——控制凸轮, 具体应用中, 可根据实际 情况采用灵活多样方式设计。  Figure 25: Tube diagram (2) of the constant-angle homomorphic reciprocating zero-cross continuously variable transmission mechanism. This solution differs from the mechanism shown in Figure 17 in that: the setting of the current-selection clutch at the power flow output end and the matching speed transmission chain are different. The current selection clutch adopts: the reciprocating torque output by the synchronous belt pulley at the output end is directly transmitted to the bevel gear distribution disk, and the current selection reshaping and the rotation of the left and right rotation rotation distribution disks are periodically performed to complete the current selection shaping and selection. Take one-way rotating power, and output the rectified one-way torque through the main shaft of the selective clutch coupled with the sliding key. Obviously: In this solution, the part that reciprocates inside the selective clutch is the flow plate, and the selective swing plate rotates in one direction; the opposite is the case. The design principle here is generally: Take the one with the smaller moment of inertia as the reciprocating rotating part. In addition: The speed transmission chain in this figure is: Controlling the power transmission shaft-one space bevel gear-transmission rod-one flat gear-control cam. In specific applications, it can be designed in a flexible and diverse manner according to the actual situation.
图 26所示为: 能传递扭矩的滚动接触式移动副系列方案, 由于择流 离合器主轴与择流摆盘在工作中承载主功率流转矩, 且轴向移动次数频 繁, 故宜采取滚动副联接, 具体方式如图 26 所示, 此结构件可作为标 准件生产, 用于各种要求传递扭矩但需轴向移动的场合, 在相对位移行 程较长时(如: 锁速枕与锁速轨道之间, 滑块与变速杆、 换向导轨之间, 以及下文连续运转型变速器中的锁速块与变速臂之间), 可采取具有钢 球循环轨道的滚动式移动副, 如图 26.4、 26.5所示, 当然, 当不需传递 扭矩的场合其滚动配合截面可为圆形, 可采用现有滚动式移动副标准 件。 另外: 对于需传递扭矩的场合可采取非圆截面式滚动式移动副标 准件; 或者采取两个或两个以上的圆柱截面或非圆柱截面滚动接触式移 动副标准件并列平行非共轴布置, 并作一根轴使用, 从而达到在可轴向 滚动移动的同时传递扭矩, 如图 26.6所示, 由 4根平行布置的滚动移动 副 (即: 滚动导轨)组合成一可传递扭矩的移动副, 一般取: 导轨与择 流离合器主轴相连, 滑块与择流摆盘相连(其中: 此处的导轨、 滑块名 称指的是现有滚动式移动副标准件中的零部件名称, 不是指本专利附图 中的件号标记名称)。 Figure 26 shows: A series of rolling contact type moving pairs capable of transmitting torque. Since the main shaft of the selective clutch and the selective wobble plate carry the main power flow torque during work, and the number of axial movements is frequent, it is appropriate to adopt rolling pairs. The specific method of connection is shown in Figure 26. This structural part can be produced as a standard part. It is used in various occasions that require torque transmission but axial movement. When the relative displacement stroke is long (such as: speed lock and speed lock) Between the track, between the slider and the shift lever, the reversing guide rail, and between the speed lock block and the shift arm in the continuous operation type transmission below), a rolling type mobile pair with a steel ball circulation track can be adopted, as shown in Figure 26.4 As shown in Figure 26.5, of course, when the torque is not required to be transmitted, its rolling cross-section can be circular, and the existing rolling-type mobile substandard parts can be used. In addition: For the occasions where torque transmission is required, non-circular cross-section rolling type moving standard parts can be adopted; or two or more cylindrical cross-section or non-cylindrical cross-section rolling contact type shifting can be adopted. The standard parts of the moving pair are arranged in parallel and non-coaxial, and used as a shaft, so as to achieve torque transmission while being able to move axially. As shown in Figure 26.6, 4 parallel moving pairs (ie: rolling The guide rail is combined into a torque-transmitting mobile pair. Generally, the guide rail is connected to the main shaft of the selective clutch, and the slider is connected to the selective wobble plate (where the name of the guide rail and the slider here refers to the existing rolling type mobile pair. The names of the parts in the standard parts do not refer to the part numbers in the drawings of this patent).
图 27:择流摆盘的自锁控制方式系列, 图 27.1所示采取有自锁功能 的连杆机构 61控制择流摆盘 38, 达到仅仅在换向时刻才需让控制凸轮 对择流摆盘施压的效果, 一旦连杆机构发生自锁则可消除凸轮与择流摆 盘间的作用力, 故此凸轮轮廊曲线可采取如图 30.4 (图 30.4为该凸轮轮 廓曲线展开图)所示方式: 滚轮 34在 a 区时对应的连杆机构处于自锁 压紧态, 所以此处凸轮轮廓槽较宽, 与滚轮 34处于大间隙松配合状态; 滚轮在 b区时对应的连杆机构处于做功区, 所以此处凸轮轮廓槽较窄, 与滚轮充分配合传递压力。对择流摆盘可采取多种方式牵动。如: 电磁、 液压、 气动、 机械等方式(如图 27.2、 27.3 ); 除机械牵引方式需直接从 输入端引入控制动力流外, 其余均可用传感器从输入端采集控制信号进 而完成对相应执行机构的控制。  Figure 27: Series of self-locking control modes of the current-selective wobble plate, as shown in Figure 27.1, a link mechanism 61 with a self-locking function is used to control the current-selective wobble plate 38, so that the control cam is required to control the current-selective wobble only at the time of commutation The effect of the pressure of the disc, once the linkage mechanism is self-locking, the force between the cam and the selective swing plate can be eliminated, so the cam profile curve can be taken as shown in Figure 30.4 (Figure 30.4 is an expanded view of the cam contour curve) Method: The corresponding link mechanism of roller 34 is in the self-locking compression state when in zone a, so the cam contour groove is wide here, and it is in a loose fit state with roller 34. When the roller is in zone b, the corresponding link mechanism is in The work area, so the cam contour groove is narrower here, and fully cooperate with the roller to transmit pressure. There are many ways to affect the selection of the wobble plate. Such as: electromagnetic, hydraulic, pneumatic, mechanical and other methods (as shown in Figures 27.2, 27.3); except for mechanical traction, which requires direct control power flow from the input terminal, the rest can use sensors to collect control signals from the input terminal to complete the corresponding actuators. control.
图 27.4所示采取曲柄连杆机构 64、 连杆增力锁定机构 65对择流摆 盘进行牵引控制, 具有双重锁定效果, 当连杆增力锁定机构 65 处于直 线状态锁定时, 曲柄连杆机构 64也处于死点锁定位置, 具有更加可靠 效果。  As shown in Figure 27.4, the crank link mechanism 64 and the link booster lock mechanism 65 are used for traction control of the selective wobble plate, which has a double locking effect. When the link booster lock mechanism 65 is locked in a linear state, the crank link mechanism 64 is also in the dead point locked position, which has a more reliable effect.
图 28: 择流摆盘的自封闭内力加压控制方式系列:  Figure 28: Self-closing internal force pressure control method series
该方案中: 择流摆盘对配流盘的加压过程采取对夹或吸引 (参见图 31 一电磁择流离合器) 方式, 从而在择流摆盘与配流盘之间形成一局 部加压系统, 将摩擦传动预压力转化为系统内力, 从而将该力在择流摆 盘与配流盘之间自行平衡封闭, 不对外体现, 有利于消除轴向负荷; 图In this solution: The process of pressurizing the flow plate by the flow selection plate is either clamped or attracted (see Figure 31, an electromagnetic flow selection clutch), so as to form a local pressure system between the flow selection plate and the flow plate. Converting the frictional preload pressure into the system's internal force The disk and the distribution plate are self-balanced and closed, which is not reflected to the outside and is conducive to eliminating axial loads.
28.1、 28.2、 28.3 所示为: 钳式对夹施力装置加压方案, 钳式对夹施力 装置 66的受力过程与手工钳类似, 如图 28.1中所示, 当油缸活塞杆 73 向右运动时, 左边钳式对夹施力机构对配流盘 32、 择流摆盘 38施压, 将两者紧紧夹紧靠摩擦传递扭矩, 而右边钳式对夹施力机构此时则处于 张开状态, 反之, 当活塞杆 73 向左运动时, 右边夹紧、 左边张开。 其 中: 图 28.1中钳式对夹施力装置的加压动力来自油缸(或气缸、 牵引电 磁铁); 图 28.2中钳式对夹施力装置的加压过程采取机械加压方式, 图 例代表偏心凸轮施压装置, 实际中可采取多种机械加压方式; 图 28.3表 示: 钳式对夹施力装置采取远程牵引控制方案, 借助远程控制牵引线 68 对动力的传导作用, 可以将动力源 (如: 油缸、 气虹、 牵引电磁铁、 电 动机、 机械施力装置等)设置在距离择流摆盘、 配流盘系统的较远处, 有利于优化空间布局设置。 另外, 为了消除钳式对夹施力机构在加紧过 程中的微量滑移, 可在夹紧施力端加装触压滚轮 74 形成滚动接触 (见 图 28.3中局部放大图)。 图 28.4、 28.5、 28.6中: 采取中间可动施压件 与两侧静止承载件的封闭对压施力方式进行加压, 其中: 图 28.4中采取 自封闭对压施力型凸轮装置进行加压, 靠凸轮中间轮廓槽与两侧轮廓槽 的配合(凸轮轮廓曲线展开图见图 30.3 )实现封闭对压施力效果。图 28.5 中: 静止承载件 71与偏心凸轮施压机构 67的固定机架相连, 中间可动 施压件 70与偏心凸轮机构 67的可动件平动框部分相连, 构成封闭施压 系统。 图 28.6与图 28.5的施压原理相同, 区别在于用油缸(或气缸、 牵引电磁铁)取代偏心凸轮施压机构, 中间可动施压件 70 与油缸活塞 杆 73相连, 两侧静止承载件 71与缸体相连。 28.1, 28.2, and 28.3 are shown as follows: The clamping force application scheme of the clamp type clamping force applying device 66 is similar to the manual forceps, as shown in Figure 28.1. When moving to the right, the left tong-type clamping force applying mechanism applies pressure to the flow plate 32 and the selective wobble plate 38 to tightly clamp the two to transmit friction torque, while the right tong-type clamping force applying mechanism is at In the open state, conversely, when the piston rod 73 moves to the left, the right side is clamped and the left side is opened. Among them: Figure 28.1 The clamping power of the clamp type clamping force application device comes from the oil cylinder (or cylinder, traction electromagnet); Figure 28.2 The pressure of the clamp type clamping force application device is mechanically pressurized, and the legend represents eccentricity The cam pressure device can adopt a variety of mechanical pressure methods in practice; Figure 28.3 shows: The clamp type clamp force application device adopts a remote traction control scheme. With the remote control of the traction line 68 for power transmission, the power source ( Such as: oil cylinder, gas rainbow, traction electromagnet, electric motor, mechanical force applying device, etc.) It is located far away from the current-selecting wobble plate and distribution plate system, which is conducive to optimizing the space layout setting. In addition, in order to eliminate a small amount of slippage during the tightening process of the clamp-type clamping force applying mechanism, a pressure roller 74 can be installed at the clamping force applying end to form rolling contact (see a partially enlarged view in FIG. 28.3). In Figures 28.4, 28.5, and 28.6: The closed movable middle pressure member and the static bearing members on both sides are used to pressurize the pressure, and in which: Figure 28.4 is a self-closed pressurized force cam device. Relying on the cooperation between the middle contour groove of the cam and the contour grooves on both sides (see Figure 30.3 for the cam profile curve development view), the effect of closed pressure on the pressure is achieved. In Figure 28.5: The stationary bearing member 71 is connected to the fixed frame of the eccentric cam pressure mechanism 67, and the middle movable pressure member 70 is connected to the movable frame portion of the movable member of the eccentric cam mechanism 67 to form a closed pressure system. Figure 28.6 is the same as the pressure principle in Figure 28.5, except that the eccentric cam pressure mechanism is replaced by an oil cylinder (or cylinder or traction electromagnet). The middle movable pressure member 70 is connected to the cylinder piston rod 73, and the stationary bearing members 71 on both sides Connected to the cylinder.
其中, 施压件对择流摆盘、 配流盘的压力传递可通过回转支撑、 推 力轴承、 加压滚轮 72 (见图 28.1所示, 为了增大接触受力面, 图中的 加压滚轮 72及配流盘、 择流摆盘上与之接触的受力面部分均采用有一 定锥度的锥面传递压紧力)等方式进行, 以减小磨损。 Among them, the pressure transmission of the pressure-selecting plate to the selective swing plate and the distribution plate can be performed by the slewing support, the thrust bearing, and the pressure roller 72 (see FIG. 28.1). In order to increase the contact force surface, The pressure roller 72, the pressure plate 72, and the force receiving surface portion of the selective flow pendulum that are in contact with it are all carried out by means of a tapered surface with a certain taper to transmit the pressing force) and the like to reduce wear.
可见: 择流摆盘的加压过程采取自封闭内力加压控制方式后, 如果 配流盘与输出轴的传动过程采取图 24 所示机构, 则整个变速输出部分 理论上无轴向分力, 故可取消配流盘外侧推力轴承。  It can be seen that after the pressure-selection process of the flow-selective wobble plate adopts the self-closed internal force pressure control method, if the transmission process between the flow plate and the output shaft adopts the mechanism shown in FIG. Thrust bearings outside the distributor can be eliminated.
为改良刚性冲击现象及降低控制系统精度要求, 可在凸轮、 择流传 动架、 择流摆盘之间串加弹性系数较大的强压钢簧来间接对择流摆盘施 压, 如图 27.2中的弹性緩冲装置 62 , 例如: 靠减震簧或对滚轮 34与 凸轮槽的接触工作面包附弹性材料(如: 橡胶轮)来取代纯刚性接触, 将刚性施压转换为弹性施压, 变线接触为面接触, 减小振动冲击。 采用 弹簧间接施压方式可起到自动补偿效应, P条低制造安装精度要求, 实现 磨损自动补偿功能, 下文的相关凸轮机构也可采取此连接方式。 为减 小能量损失, 提高效率, 减小噪音、 震动, 延长寿命, 应注意尽量减小 往复系统总质量及优化系统转动惯量设计, 可通过減小质量、 采用高强 度低密度材料制造及优化结构设计来减小转动惯量, 并注意优化整个系 统的动态平衡。  In order to improve the rigid impact phenomenon and reduce the accuracy requirements of the control system, a strong steel spring with a large elastic coefficient can be added in series between the cam, the selective transmission frame, and the selective swing plate to indirectly press the selective swing plate, as shown in Figure 27.2. The elastic cushioning device 62 in the example, such as: relying on a damping spring or the contact of the roller 34 and the cam groove with an elastic material (such as a rubber wheel) instead of pure rigid contact, to convert rigid pressure into elastic pressure, Change line contact to surface contact to reduce vibration shock. The use of spring indirect pressure method can achieve automatic compensation effect. P bar has low manufacturing and installation accuracy requirements, and realizes automatic wear compensation function. The following related cam mechanisms can also adopt this connection method. In order to reduce energy loss, improve efficiency, reduce noise, vibration, and extend life, attention should be paid to minimizing the total mass of the reciprocating system and optimizing the system's moment of inertia. It can be made by reducing mass, using high-strength low-density materials and optimizing the structure Designed to reduce the moment of inertia and pay attention to optimize the dynamic balance of the entire system.
其中: 滚轮与凸轮槽之间的接触可以为滚动接触或流体润滑滑动接 触形式。  Among them: The contact between the roller and the cam groove can be in the form of rolling contact or fluid lubricated sliding contact.
为进一步消除脉动量、 改善受力效果, 应尽量将所有机构按对称化 原则布置设计, 优化不平衡振动及减小无效能耗, 实现整个系统的静、 动态平衡。  In order to further eliminate the pulsation and improve the force effect, all mechanisms should be arranged and designed in accordance with the principle of symmetry to optimize unbalance vibration and reduce invalid energy consumption, and achieve static and dynamic balance of the entire system.
图 29: 输入锁速枕与择流摆盘运动规律图像分析(位移一时间 曲 线图, 即: s-t 图);  Figure 29: Image analysis of the movement laws of the input speed pillow and the selective wobble plate (displacement-time curve diagram, ie: s-t diagram);
其中: a 曲线(实线)代表: 左相机组输入锁速枕运动规律 s-t 图; b 曲线 (虚线)代表: 右相机组输入锁速枕运动规律 s-t 图; c 曲线 (实线)代表: 左相机组择流摆盘运动规律 s-t 图; d 曲线(虚线)代表: 右相机组择流摆盘运动规律 s-t 图; 横坐标下方的 (D )部分表示: 同步带与滑块 20的铰接点 a (传动 销轴 19 )运动轨迹展开图, 相互对照, 一目了然。 其中: e 曲线代表左 相机組对应情况; f曲线代表右相机组对应情况。 Among them: a curve (solid line) represents: st diagram of the movement of the speed lock of the left camera group; b curve (dashed line) represents: st diagram of the movement of the speed lock of the right camera group; The c curve (solid line) represents: st diagram of the movement pattern of the left camera group selection plate; d curve (dotted line) represents: the st diagram of the movement pattern of the right camera group selection plate; (D) below the abscissa indicates: synchronization The trajectory development view of the hinge point a (the driving pin 19) of the belt and the slider 20 is compared with each other at a glance. Among them: e curve represents the corresponding situation of the left camera group; f curve represents the corresponding situation of the right camera group.
图中 (B )部分图线表示: 控制凸轮 35的轮廓曲线与输入端锁速枕 的运动步调配置图。 择流摆盘在凸轮轮廓的控制下按此步调运行一一输 入锁速枕在对应 s-t 图直线区间运行时, 择流摆盘与配流盘相接触从而 传输功率; 输入锁速枕在对应 s-t 图弧线区间完成往复换向运行时, 择 流摆盘与配流盘分离处于空转过渡状态。 通过两相机組按一定工作相位 差布置配合, 获得连续功率流输出。 一般工作相位差取 1/4或 3/4周期 (如图所示), 但在输入锁速枕的直线匀速运行区远大于换向区时, 不 一定严格取相位差 1/4或 3/4周期, 只要达到左右汉机组按交替接力方 式工作获得连续输出功率流即可(在图象上的反映就是一一 a、 b图线在 同一时间轴上不同时出现弧线区间);  The part (B) in the figure indicates: The contour curve of the control cam 35 and the movement pace configuration diagram of the input-side speed lock. Under the control of the cam profile, the current-selection wobble plate is operated at this pace. When the speed-lock pillow is operated in the linear section of the corresponding st diagram, the current-selection wobble plate contacts the flow plate to transmit power; the input speed-lock pillow is in the corresponding st diagram. When the arc section completes the reciprocating reversing operation, the separation of the current-selecting wobble plate and the distribution plate is in an idling transition state. The two camera groups are arranged and matched according to a certain working phase difference to obtain continuous power flow output. Generally, the working phase difference is 1/4 or 3/4 cycle (as shown in the figure), but when the linear constant speed running area of the input speed lock is much larger than the commutation area, the phase difference is not strictly taken 1/4 or 3 / 4 cycles, as long as the left and right Han units work in an alternating relay mode to obtain continuous output power flow (the reflection on the image is that the a and b graph lines do not appear at the same time axis on the same time axis);
图中 (C )部分图线所示为凸轮 35的轮廓曲线过渡区处于最大值时 择流摆盘的运行状态, 此状态下, "择流摆盘与配流盘接触传递功率的 时间段" 与 "择流摆盘与配流盘分离处于空转过渡区的时间段" 相等, 择流摆盘的过渡区间很长, 其中: 为保证功率流的连续, 两相之间必有 一定的传递功率工作重叠区, 所以过渡区间应小于此值。 就理想状态而 言: 只要能保证双组工作轮换交替, 无动力流中断区即可, 这样有利于 减小择流摆盘往复摆动加速度, 减小冲击、 优化摆盘工况设计。 但是, 这样一来: 则会减小双机组有效工作总时间, 使每相机组负荷量增加, 即: 减小了双机组共同工作时间 (此时各单机组仅承载总传输功率的一 半)。 所以实际应用中应在(B )、 (C )图线所示的两种极限范围区间内 选取, 一般原则为: 在保证平稳自如换向及左右相择流摆盘与配流盘均 能达到全同步离合的前提下尽可能增大双机组重叠工作区间。 其中: 该图象所述情况与图 21 所示状态相吻合, 可相互参照。 图中左相机组 的输入锁速枕及变速杆工作步调处于往复换向区, 不能输出匀速运动, 对应的择流摆盘此时处于中间位置, 与左右配流盘均不接触, 即: 该相 机组此刻处于断流状态; 但右相机组此时则正处于最佳工作区, 输入、 输出锁速枕作匀速直线运动, 择流摆盘作匀速旋转运动, 目前位置与右 侧配流盘接触, 将转矩传递于右侧配流盘输出, 如果此时与左侧配流盘 接触则输出轴将输出反方向转矩。 另外: 控制凸轮 35 的轮廓曲线过渡 换向区与工作区的衔接要平顺柔和(如图示 "换向过渡曲率放大图"), 尽可能使择流摆盘的摆动步调处于筒谐运动状态, 以柔化摆盘变加速运 动脉动度。 (C) part of the figure shows the running state of the selective swing plate when the transition area of the contour curve of the cam 35 is at the maximum. In this state, "the time period during which the selective swing plate and the distribution plate contact and transfer power" and "The time period between the current selection plate and the distribution plate in the idling transition zone is equal." The current selection plate has a long transition interval. Among them: To ensure the continuous power flow, there must be a certain amount of power transfer between the two phases. Area, so the transition interval should be less than this value. As far as the ideal state is concerned: as long as the two sets of working rotations can be ensured and there is no power flow interruption zone, this will help reduce the reciprocating swing acceleration of the selective swing plate, reduce the impact, and optimize the design of the swing plate working conditions. However, in this way: the total effective working time of the two units will be reduced, and the load of each camera unit will be increased, that is, the common working time of the two units will be reduced (at this time, each single unit will only carry half the total transmission power). Therefore, in practical applications, it should be within the two limit ranges shown in (B) and (C). Selection, the general principles are: On the premise of ensuring that the smooth and free commutation and the left-right alternative flow plate and the distribution plate can achieve the full synchronous clutch on the premise of increasing the overlap of the two units as much as possible. Among them: The situation described in this image is consistent with the state shown in Figure 21 and can be referred to each other. In the picture, the working speed of the input speed lock and shift lever of the left camera group is in the reciprocating reversing area, and it is impossible to output uniform speed movement. The corresponding flow selection plate is now in the middle position and does not contact the left and right flow distribution plates. The group is in a state of cutoff at the moment; however, the right camera group is now in the best working area. The input and output speed locks make a linear motion at a constant speed, and the current-selection wobble plate makes a constant-speed rotational movement. The current position is in contact with the right-hand distribution disk. The torque is transmitted to the right side of the disk output. If it is in contact with the left side of the disk at this time, the output shaft will output torque in the opposite direction. In addition: The connection of the contour curve transition reversing area of the control cam 35 with the work area should be smooth and soft (as shown in the figure "Enlarged View of Reversing Transition Curvature"), so that the swinging pace of the flow selection wobble is in a harmonic state as much as possible. Speed up the pulsation of motion by softening the wobble plate.
图 30: 凸轮轮廓的几种设计方案展开图, 图 30.1所示的凸轮轮廓与 图 29中的(B )图像对应, 图 30.2所示的凸轮轮靡是为使凸轮双向对称 受力而设计的双循环周期型轮廓, 即: 在同一封闭轮廓曲线内含有两个 循环周期, 这样可用两个滚轮在互成 180度方位上对称布置, 优化受力 效果。  Fig. 30: Expansion diagrams of several design schemes of the cam profile. The cam profile shown in Fig. 30.1 corresponds to the image (B) in Fig. 29. The cam wheel shown in Fig. 30.2 is designed to make the cam be symmetrically stressed in both directions. The double-cycle periodic contour, that is, contains two cyclic periods in the same closed contour curve, so that two rollers can be symmetrically arranged at an angle of 180 degrees to each other to optimize the force effect.
由于择流摆盘与配流盘从接触到压紧施力做功行程很短, 理论上接 近于零, 所以此择流整形过程功耗很小。  Since the current selection pendulum plate and the distribution plate have a short power stroke from contact to compression force, the theoretically close to zero, so the power consumption of this current selection shaping process is very small.
图 31 : 电磁择流离合器结构图  Figure 31: Structure of electromagnetic selective clutch
采用电磁择流离合器对输出的往复转矩进行择流整形, 与上文公开 的机械型择流离合器相比而言, 其区别在于: 靠电磁吸引力代替机械压 紧力, 具有控制方便、 精确、 外围辅助件少、 结构简单等优点。 其电 磁吸盘 79工作电流由电环 77、 电刷 76经外部控制电路引入, 借助电磁 牵引技术, 其控制方案将变得灵活多变, 实际中可借助传感器、 计算机 控制系统, 获得更加灵活精确多样的控制方案。 The electromagnetic reversing torque is used to select and reshape the output reciprocating torque. Compared with the mechanical type selective clutch disclosed above, the difference lies in that the mechanical attraction force is replaced by the electromagnetic attractive force, which is convenient and accurate. , Fewer peripheral accessories, simple structure and other advantages. The working current of the electromagnetic chuck 79 is introduced by the electric ring 77 and the brush 76 through an external control circuit. With the help of electromagnetic traction technology, its control scheme will become flexible and flexible. Control system to obtain more flexible, precise and diverse control schemes.
如图所示: 电磁吸盘设置在两侧配流盘内, 其工作步调与机械型择 流离合器相同, 工作时产生电磁吸引力将可动衔铁择流摩擦盘片 80 紧 紧吸合在一起完成扭矩的传递, 可动择流盘片 80与导流盘 82之间通过 凸凹间隙配合的短行程移动副联结, 在可相对轴向移动的同时可传递扭 矩, 二者间由复位簧 81牵连, 电磁吸盘失电后, 择流盘片 80便在复位 簧 81作用下与配流盘分离。 此外, 配流盘上的弹垫 78也起辅助复位作 用, 它与复位簧两者共同起着复位及减震作用, 在失电瞬间可快速使择 流盘片与配流盘分离,有利于减小磨损及功耗, 同时起到减震降噪的作 用。 此机构中的导流盘 82仅做往复回转, 不作轴向移动, 与择流离合 器主轴间呈固定联结, 传递扭矩。 其中: 图例情况表示当前状态为右侧 电磁吸盘得电, 导流盘右侧择流盘片与配流盘吸合传递扭矩。  As shown in the figure: The electromagnetic chucks are arranged in the two side flow plates. The working pace is the same as that of the mechanical type selective clutch. When working, the electromagnetic attraction force is generated. The movable armature selective friction disc 80 is tightly closed together to complete the torque. The transmission between the movable selective disc 80 and the deflector 82 through the convex-concave gap is coupled with a short-stroke mobile pair, which can transmit torque while being relatively axially moved. The two are implicated by a return spring 81, which is electromagnetic. After the sucker is de-energized, the selector disc 80 is separated from the distribution disc by the reset spring 81. In addition, the spring pad 78 on the flow distribution plate also plays a role of assisting resetting. It and the return spring together play a resetting and damping role. It can quickly separate the flow selection disk from the flow distribution plate at the moment of power failure, which is beneficial to reduce Wear and power consumption, and at the same time play a role in reducing vibration and noise. The deflector 82 in this mechanism only reciprocates, does not make axial movement, and is fixedly connected to the main shaft of the selective clutch to transmit torque. Among them: The situation of the legend indicates that the current state is that the right-hand electromagnetic chuck is energized, and the current-selection disc on the right of the deflector and the distribution disc are attracted to transmit torque.
应当注意的是: 此机构中也可用机械型择流离合器中的择流摆盘 38 直接受配流盘内电磁吸盘牵引进行择流整形,但其质量大,响应性稍差。  It should be noted that: In this mechanism, the current-selective wobble plate 38 in the mechanical type current-selective clutch can also be directly used for current-selective shaping by the electromagnetic suction cup in the current-distribution disk, but its mass is large and the response is slightly poor.
电磁吸盘也可设置在导流盘 82内, 而将可动衔铁择流摩擦盘片 80 通过移动副与两侧配流盘相连。 但是: 在图 21 的机构模式中, 导流盘 作往复回转, 效果不好。 对于图 25所示的结构中, 导流盘作单向旋转, 而两侧配流盘作往复回转, 所以此类机构模式下应将电磁吸盘设置在导 流盘内。  An electromagnetic chuck may also be provided in the deflector disc 82, and the movable armature selective friction disc 80 is connected to the side flow discs through a moving pair. However: In the mechanism mode of Fig. 21, the deflector rotates back and forth, and the effect is not good. For the structure shown in FIG. 25, the deflector is rotated in one direction, and the two sides of the deflectors are reciprocated. Therefore, in such a mechanism mode, an electromagnetic chuck should be set in the deflector.
另外: 也可在外部用牵引电磁铁 /电磁吸盘来牵引择流摆盘 38完成 择流运动整形工作, 同样达到该电磁择流离合器效果, 这样可实现在电 磁控制优势的基础上筒化设计, 使相关电磁元件不参与机械运动 (参见 图 28相关内容)。  In addition: You can also use a traction electromagnet / electromagnetic chuck to pull the selection pendulum plate 38 to complete the selection movement shaping work, which also achieves the effect of the electromagnetic selection clutch. This can achieve a cylindrical design based on the advantages of electromagnetic control. Keep the relevant electromagnetic components from participating in mechanical movement (see Figure 28).
图 32: 直动从动件圆柱凸轮转换式变速器布置图系列:  Fig. 32: Cylindrical cam-shift gearbox series of direct-acting followers:
如图所示:本方案中的输入旋转 /直线运动转换机构由直动从动件圆 柱凸轮机构组成, 圆柱凸轮 84为旋转运动主动件, 输入锁速枕 22与滚 轮 34 固连构成滚轮直动从动件, 其运动规律由凸轮轮廓控制, 通过合 理设计轮廊曲线则可达到如期运动步调, 由于凸轮轮廓曲线的设计灵活 性使得直动从动件的运动轨迹同样可达到图 21 机构中运动转化效果, 即: 让输入锁速枕达到如图 29图像 A部分所示的运动规律效果, 直线 区匀速运动, 过渡往复换向区呈筒谐运动规律。 其凸轮轮廓曲线展开图 及运动规律图像分析如图 33所示。 为获取连续功率流输出, 可在同一 凸轮不同位置处设置两相对称的变速机组, 左右两相变速机组在结构上 完全相同, 但在运行步调上, 其工作相位差为 1/4或 3/4周期, 在单周 期工作轮廓式凸轮上则两机组的输入锁速枕 22与滚轮 34固连构成的滚 轮直动从动件呈相位差 90度布置(如图所示); 另外: 凸轮轮廓也可 根据需要设计为多周期式, 如图 34 所示轮廓曲线为双周期式, 每相机 組的输入锁速枕均由两个互呈 180度对称布置的滚轮牵动, 双向平衡对 称受力, 优化受力效果。 As shown in the figure: The input rotation / linear motion conversion mechanism in this solution is circled by a linear follower. It is composed of a cylindrical cam mechanism, a cylindrical cam 84 is a rotary motion active part, and the input lock 22 and the roller 34 are fixedly connected to form a roller direct follower. The movement rule is controlled by the cam profile. The rational design of the contour curve can achieve the schedule. Movement pacing, due to the design flexibility of the cam contour curve, the movement trajectory of the straight-moving follower can also achieve the movement conversion effect in the mechanism of FIG. 21, that is, let the input speed lock achieve the movement rule shown in part A of the image 29 As a result, the linear area moves at a constant speed, and the transitional reciprocating commutation area exhibits a cylinder harmonic motion. The cam profile curve unfolded image and the analysis of the motion pattern image are shown in Figure 33. In order to obtain continuous power flow output, two symmetrical transmission units can be set at different positions on the same cam. The left and right two-phase transmission units are identical in structure, but the operating phase difference is 1/4 or 3 / 4 cycles, on a single-cycle working contour cam, the roller direct-moving follower composed of the two sets of input locks 22 and rollers 34 are fixedly arranged at a phase difference of 90 degrees (as shown); In addition: cam contour It can also be designed as a multi-period type as required. As shown in Figure 34, the contour curve is a dual-period type. The input speed lock of each camera group is pulled by two rollers that are symmetrically arranged at 180 degrees to each other. Optimize the force effect.
此变速器的输出旋转 /直线运动转换机构由齿轮、 齿条机构组成, 齿 条 11与输出锁速枕 26相固连, 通过与齿轮 12啮合将锁速枕 26直线运 动转化为旋转运动, 该齿轮与另一相同齿轮啮合, 两齿轮分别与一超越 离合器相连, 且两超越离合器的离合旋向相同, 由于两啮合齿轮的旋向 相反, 所以两离合器工作状态互补, 两超越离合器分别通过另一端轴上 齿轮与一公用齿轮啮合输出单向转矩。 此双向连续工作式超越离合器机 构简图见图 32.4、 图 32.5 , 其中: 图 32.4中由 5个圆柱齿轮、 2个超越 离合器组成, 两超越离合器交替轮流工作实现汉向连续输出转矩。 其动 态过程为: 设与齿条啮合的齿轮顺时针旋转时, 上方超越离合器工作, 下方离合器处于超越空转态, 反之, 逆时针旋转时, 下方超越离合器工 作, 上方超越空转。 图 32.5中由 1个圆柱齿轮、 3个圆锥齿轮、 2个超 越离合器组成, 在与齿条啮合的齿轮两侧各装一超越离合器, 两超越离 合器分别通过锥齿轮与一公用锥齿轮啮合输出单向转矩。 The output rotation / linear motion conversion mechanism of this transmission is composed of a gear and a rack mechanism. The rack 11 is fixedly connected to the output lock pillow 26, and the linear lock of the lock pillow 26 is converted into a rotary motion by meshing with the gear 12. It meshes with another same gear, and the two gears are respectively connected to an overrunning clutch, and the clutch rotation directions of the two overrunning clutches are the same. Because the rotation directions of the two meshing gears are opposite, the two clutches work in complementary states, and the two overrunning clutches pass through the other end shaft respectively. The upper gear meshes with a common gear to output one-way torque. The schematic diagrams of the two-way continuous working overrunning clutch mechanism are shown in Figures 32.4 and 32.5, where: Figure 32.4 consists of 5 spur gears and 2 overrunning clutches. The two overrunning clutches work alternately in turns to achieve continuous output torque in the Chinese direction. The dynamic process is as follows: When the gear meshing with the rack rotates clockwise, the upper overrunning clutch works, and the lower clutch is in an overrunning idle state. Conversely, when it rotates counterclockwise, the lower overrunning clutch works and the upper overrunning idler. In Figure 32.5, there are 1 spur gear, 3 bevel gears, and 2 super gears. The overrunning clutch is composed of an overrunning clutch on each side of the gear meshing with the rack, and the two overrunning clutches respectively output a one-way torque through meshing with a bevel gear and a common bevel gear.
另夕卜: 由齿轮齿条式旋转 /直线运动转换机构输出的旋转运动也可直 接输入上文公开的择流离合器进行择流整形完成单向旋转运动输出。 同 理: 此齿轮齿条转换机构及双超越离合器模式也可用于其它变速型机 构, 如用于图 21机构中。  In addition: The rotary motion output by the rack-and-pinion rotary / linear motion conversion mechanism can also be directly input to the selective clutch disclosed above for current selective shaping to complete the one-way rotary motion output. The same reason: This rack-and-pinion conversion mechanism and double overrunning clutch mode can also be used in other transmission-type mechanisms, such as in the mechanism of Figure 21.
为适应多种工作场合, 此类机构可以采用多种空间布局设置, 图 32 中列举出几种典型布局结构, 图 32.1结构有利于缩小机体纵向尺寸; 图 32.2结构有利于缩小机体横向尺寸; 而图 32.3的布局更紧凑,但两相变 速机组距离较远, 不利于统一调速, 需借助同步调速传动机构 85对两 相调速系统进行衔接以实现一体控制。图 32.6为内壁设有工作轮靡的圆 柱凸轮运动转换机构图, 该方案以凸轮内部作为工作空间, 可在不增大 机体外围尺寸基 上设计更大迹径的凸轮工作轮庸, 有利于在不减小线 速度前提下输出往复频率更低的直线运动, 并使机体布局进一步紧凑 化。  In order to adapt to a variety of workplaces, this type of mechanism can adopt a variety of spatial layout settings. Figure 32 lists several typical layout structures. Figure 32.1 structure is conducive to reducing the longitudinal size of the body; Figure 32.2 structure is conducive to reducing the horizontal size of the body; and The layout of Figure 32.3 is more compact, but the two-phase transmission unit is far away, which is not conducive to unified speed regulation. The synchronous speed control transmission mechanism 85 is needed to connect the two-phase speed regulation system to achieve integrated control. Figure 32.6 is a diagram of a cylindrical cam movement conversion mechanism with a working wheel on the inner wall. This solution uses the inside of the cam as a working space. It can design a larger cam working wheel without increasing the outer size of the body, which is beneficial to Without reducing the linear velocity, the linear motion with lower reciprocating frequency is output, and the body layout is further compacted.
为增进直动从动件凸轮机构的传动精度, 凸轮与从动件的形封闭方 式可采取如图 35所示措施, 其中: 图 35.1为双滚轮凹型轮廓槽圆柱凸 轮机构; 图 35.2为双滚轮凸型轮廓槽圆柱凸轮机构, 此两种形封闭方式 通过彼此间可自由回转的双滚轮与凸轮轮廊槽的两侧槽壁面紧紧接触, 且属純滚动接触, 具有传动精度高、 磨损小、 噪音低等优点。  In order to improve the transmission accuracy of the cam mechanism of the linear follower, the cam and follower can be closed as shown in Figure 35, where: Figure 35.1 is a double-roller concave contour grooved cylindrical cam mechanism; Figure 35.2 is a double-roller Convex-shaped grooved cylindrical cam mechanism. These two closed forms are tightly contacted with the groove wall surfaces of the cam wheel gallery groove on both sides through the double rollers that can freely rotate with each other. They are pure rolling contacts with high transmission accuracy and low wear. , Low noise and other advantages.
图 36: 直动从动件盘形凸轮转换式变速器布置图, 该方案采用直动 从动件盘形凸轮机构作为变速器的输入的旋转 /直线运动转换机构。 显 见: 盘形凸轮结构更有利于紧凑设计, 可将两相变速机組分别设置在同 一盘形凸轮两侧, 以优化空间布局。 为了使两相变速机组的锁速轨道相 互平行以便用较为筒单的同步调速传动机构 85 统一调速, 并确保两相 机组交替接力工作以输出连续功率流, 盘形凸轮两侧的轮廊布局相位应 按图示方式相差 1/4或 3/4周期布置, 参见主视图、 俯视图、 左视图, 其中主视图中实线、 虚线分别表示凸轮正面、 背面的轮靡曲线, 为简化 并提高调速精度, 也可按图 36.1所示方式布置, 此情况下两相变速机组 的盘形凸轮需分离设置。 Figure 36: Layout diagram of a straight-acting follower disc cam conversion type transmission. This solution uses a straight-acting follower disc cam mechanism as the input rotation / linear motion conversion mechanism of the transmission. It is obvious: The disc cam structure is more conducive to compact design. Two-phase variable speed units can be set on both sides of the same disc cam to optimize the space layout. In order to make the two-phase speed-changing unit's speed-locking tracks parallel to each other so as to uniformly adjust the speed with a relatively simple synchronous speed-adjusting transmission mechanism 85, and ensure the two-phase The unit works alternately to output continuous power flow, and the phase of the wheel gallery layout on both sides of the disc cam should be arranged 1/4 or 3/4 cycles apart as shown in the diagram. See the front view, top view, and left view. The lines and dashed lines represent the curve of the front and back of the cam, respectively. To simplify and improve the speed regulation accuracy, it can also be arranged as shown in Figure 36.1. In this case, the disc cams of the two-phase transmission unit need to be set separately.
其中: 为简化图幅,截至输出锁速枕 26部件之后的机构在本图中未 画出, 可参考前文相关图示;  Among them: In order to simplify the picture, the mechanism after the output of the speed lock 26 components is not shown in this figure, please refer to the related illustrations above;
图 37: 盘形凸轮轮廓曲线图及运动规律图像分析, 盘形凸轮的轮廓 曲线设计与圆柱凸轮相似, 其目的同样是使直动从动件的运动轨迹达到 图 21 机构中运动转化效果, 即: 当主动件盘形凸轮勾速旋转时, 输入 锁速枕达到如图 29图像 A部分所示的运动规律效果: 直线区匀速运动, 过渡往复换向区呈简谐运动规律。 其中: ( I ) 图代表单周期型; ( II ) 图代表双周期型; (III ) 图代表 4 周期型。 即: 盘形凸轮旋转一周, 对 应的从动件分别完成 1、 2、 4个往复工作循环周期。 将主动件盘形凸轮 的旋转角位移作横坐标, 从动件的直线位移作纵坐标, 便得到各自的动 态运动图像, 为了便于与前文图 29 图像对照统一, 当令盘形凸轮匀速 旋转时, 横坐标便可用时间轴代替, 见各自对应右图。 其中: 横坐标代 表盘形凸轮旋转周期;  Figure 37: Contour curve of the disc cam and analysis of the image of the movement pattern. The contour curve design of the disc cam is similar to that of the cylindrical cam. The purpose is also to make the motion trajectory of the linear follower achieve the motion conversion effect in the mechanism of Figure 21. : When the disc cam of the driver rotates at a hook speed, the input speed lock achieves the motion regular effect as shown in part A of the image in FIG. 29: The linear region moves at a constant speed, and the transitional reciprocating commutation region shows a simple harmonic motion. Among them: (I) the graph represents a single-cycle type; (II) the graph represents a double-period type; (III) the graph represents a 4-period type. That is, the disc cam rotates once, and the corresponding follower completes 1, 2, and 4 reciprocating working cycles respectively. Taking the rotational angle displacement of the disc cam of the master as the abscissa and the linear displacement of the follower as the ordinate, the respective dynamic motion images are obtained. In order to facilitate the unification with the image in the previous figure 29, when the disc cam is rotated at a uniform speed The abscissa can be replaced by the time axis, see the corresponding figure on the right. Among them: the abscissa represents the rotation period of the disc cam;
图 38: 双滚轮型直动从动件盘形凸轮机构, 与图 35方案类似, 盘 形凸轮与从动件的形封闭方式采取彼此间可自由回转的双滚轮与凸轮 轮廓槽的两侧槽壁面紧紧接触。 其中: 图 38.1为双滚轮凹型轮廓槽盘形 凸轮机构; 图 38.2为双滚轮凸型轮廓槽盘形凸轮机构。 在图 38.2左视 图中: 实线剖面代表盘形凸轮 A-A向轮廓剖面, 双点划线剖面代表盘形 凸轮 B-B向轮廊剖面, 两侧轮廓曲线如此布置的目的同样是为了在两相 变速机组的锁速轨道相互平行基础上, 确保两相机组交替接力工作以输 出连续功率流。 Figure 38: Double-roller type straight-moving follower disc cam mechanism, similar to the scheme in Figure 35, the disc cam and follower are closed in the form of a double-roller and cam profile groove that can rotate freely between each other The walls are in tight contact. Among them: Figure 38.1 is a double-roller concave contour grooved disc cam mechanism; Figure 38.2 is a double-roller convex contour grooved disc cam mechanism. In the left view of Figure 38.2: The solid line section represents the profile profile of the disc cam AA, and the two-dot chain line profile represents the profile of the disc cam BB to the rim. The contour curves on both sides are so arranged for the two-phase transmission unit. The speed-locked tracks are parallel to each other to ensure that the two camera units work alternately to lose Out continuous power flow.
图 39: 等角速同形位连续旋转型无级变速器装配图 , 图 39.1为该 类变速器机构筒图;  Figure 39: Assembly diagram of constant angular constant-speed continuous rotation type continuously variable transmission, Figure 39.1 is a barrel diagram of this type of transmission mechanism;
针对前文理论部分公开的平行三点一线变速原理模式(二) ——连 续运转型, 参见图 14、 15 , 下面进行具体实施结构的详尽阐述:  Aiming at the principle mode of parallel three-point, one-line speed change disclosed in the previous theoretical part (2)-continuous operation, see Figures 14 and 15, the detailed implementation structure is explained below:
该类变速器一般包括: 输入轴、 输出轴, 输入、 输出牵引同步带轮, 张紧轮, 输入、 输出牵引同步带, 加压装置, 变速旋转总成, 环形导轨, 调速装置等部件。  This type of transmission generally includes: input shaft, output shaft, input and output traction timing belt pulleys, tensioning wheels, input and output traction timing belts, pressurization devices, variable speed rotation assemblies, ring guides, speed governing devices and other components.
其中: 变速旋转总成由具有共同旋转中心的一定数量变速臂及与之 呈移动副配合的锁速块組成, 同一直线上的变速臂呈固连状态, 不同直 线上的变速臂在一定范围内具有彼此独立的转动自由度, 具体细节参见 图 43。为了解决各变速臂在与牵引带分离而进入环形导轨弧线区时的过 渡越位问题, 变速臂彼此间由越位牵引簧 95相连, 这样既可弥补在工 作区不同时变速臂间的 "角速度差振" 效应 (指: 在与牵引带结合的工 作区, 由于牵引带的匀速运动与锁速块在变速臂上的径向移动使得变速 臂呈现一定规律的转速脉动现象, 这种脉动现象在处于不同工作相位的 变速臂上波动率大小不等, 从而导致了不同变速臂之间的即时角速度差 动现象), 又可在进入弧线轨道区时靠彼此相连的越位牵引簧完成过渡 越位, 同时, 越位牵引簧的双向平衡弹力作用还可自动即时消除变速臂 在工作区形成的角位移偏移现象, 恢复各变速臂间夹角的均分状态。 其 中, 多变速臂交替工作等效于多机組交替工作, 故不同相位处的变速臂 可具有不同角速度。  Among them: The variable-speed rotation assembly is composed of a certain number of variable-speed arms with a common rotation center and a speed-locking block that cooperates with the moving pair. The variable-speed arms on the same line are in a fixed state, and the variable-speed arms on different lines are within a certain range. It has independent degrees of freedom of rotation, see FIG. 43 for details. In order to solve the problem of the transitional offside of each shift arm when it is separated from the traction belt and enters the arc area of the circular guide rail, the shift arms are connected by an offside traction spring 95, which can compensate for the "angular speed difference between the shift arms in different working areas "Vibration" effect (refers to: in the working area combined with the traction belt, due to the uniform speed movement of the traction belt and the radial movement of the lock block on the gear shift arm, the gear shift arm presents a certain regular speed pulsation phenomenon. The fluctuation rates on the shift arms of different working phases are different, which results in the instantaneous angular velocity differential phenomenon between different shift arms). When entering the arc track area, the offside traction springs connected to each other can be used to complete the transition. The two-way balanced elastic action of the offside traction spring can also automatically and instantly eliminate the angular displacement offset phenomenon formed by the shifting arm in the working area, and restore the state of the angle between the shifting arms. Among them, the alternate operation of multiple shift arms is equivalent to the alternate operation of multiple units, so the shift arms at different phases can have different angular velocities.
连续旋转型变速器牵引同步带的分类:  Classification of continuous rotation type transmission traction timing belt:
( 1 )平型牵引带, a: 金属型一一由多层打孔的薄型金属带(上面 打孔的环形金属薄片) 叠合而成的孔形金属薄片叠层同步带, 每层金属 带上的孔层层对应形成啮合孔, 与专用牵引同步带轮上的啮合齿相啮 合, 如图 39.3; b: 非金属型一一由打孔或坑的非金属平型带构成。 其 工作结构原理与金属型相似, 区别仅在于: 由于非金属的挠性好, 故不 必采取多层薄型带叠合组成, 采用较厚的单层一体型方式设置即可; 其 中: 特殊有机材料的强度不亚于金属, 所以选用合适的非金属材料制造 的牵引带同样可以传递很大的功率。 采用平型牵引带的优点是: 与之贴 合的加压链板为平面接触, 加压面积大; 从动张紧带轮不必设齿形, 可 以为光面轮, 从而降低成本, 減小带的啮合孔磨损及噪音。 其中: 前文 的往复型变速类型中的同步带也可采用金属带,以增大强度、缩小体积, 具有效率高、 承载能力大、 尺寸紧凑、 寿命长等优点。 (1) Flat type traction belt, a: metal type—a hole-shaped metal sheet laminated timing belt formed by stacking multiple layers of perforated thin metal belts (perforated annular metal sheets on top), each layer of metal The hole layers on the belt correspond to the meshing holes, which mesh with the meshing teeth on the special traction timing pulley, as shown in Figure 39.3; b: non-metallic type-one-by-one non-metallic flat belts. Its working structure principle is similar to that of the metal type. The only difference is that: due to the flexibility of the non-metals, it is not necessary to adopt a multi-layer thin belt superposition, and it can be set by a thicker single-layer integrated method; of which: special organic materials The strength is no less than that of metal, so a traction belt made of a suitable non-metallic material can also transmit a large amount of power. The advantages of using a flat traction belt are: the pressurized chain plate attached to it is in flat contact, and the pressure area is large; the driven tensioning pulley does not need to be toothed, it can be a smooth wheel, thereby reducing costs and reducing The meshing holes of the belt are worn and noisy. Among them: The timing belt in the aforementioned reciprocating transmission type can also use a metal belt to increase strength and reduce volume, and has the advantages of high efficiency, large carrying capacity, compact size, and long life.
( 2 )组合型牵引带, a: 平型带与齿形带的平行组合; 如图 42中所 用牵引带, 从左视图剖视放大图中可见: 牵引带中间加压区为平型带, 两侧的同步牵引区为齿形带,其中:为了明确表示和区分加压装置细节, 将加压装置与加压链板装置分开表示, 即: 左边仅画加压体 102、 加压 辊 103装置, 右边仅画加压链板 104、 链板张紧轮 106装置, 实际中两 边相同, 参见俯视图所示。 b: 平型金属带与非金属齿形带的分层组合, 此类牵引带主要用于电磁牵引场合; 如图 45 中所用复合电磁牵引带, 内层为非金属齿形啮合层, 与同步带轮啮合实现同步牵引, 外层为铁磁 性金属薄片材料制造的电磁吸合牵引层, 用于与电磁吸盘实现磁性吸合 加压牵引, 另外: 电磁牵引带也可采用图 39.3中的平型金属牽引带。  (2) Combined traction belt, a: a parallel combination of a flat belt and a toothed belt; as shown in the traction belt used in FIG. 42, it can be seen from the enlarged sectional view of the left view: the middle compression area of the traction belt is a flat belt, The synchronous traction areas on both sides are toothed belts. In order to clearly indicate and distinguish the details of the pressure device, the pressure device is separately shown from the pressure chain plate device, that is, only the pressure body 102 and the pressure roller 103 are drawn on the left. Device, only the pressurizing chain plate 104 and the chain plate tensioning wheel 106 are shown on the right side. In practice, both sides are the same, as shown in the top view. b: The layered combination of flat metal belt and non-metal toothed belt. This type of traction belt is mainly used for electromagnetic traction; as shown in the composite electromagnetic traction belt used in Figure 45, the inner layer is a non-metal toothed meshing layer. The pulley meshes to achieve synchronous traction. The outer layer is an electromagnetic traction traction layer made of a ferromagnetic metal sheet material. It is used to achieve magnetic traction and pressure traction with the electromagnetic chuck. In addition: The electromagnetic traction belt can also use the flat type shown in Figure 39.3. Metal traction belt.
( 3 )传统同步齿形带、普通平型带, 该变速器中的牵引同步带也可 选用传统同步齿形带,但加压链板一侧需有与之吻合的齿形,如图 42.1, 在功率较小及精度要求较低场合也可用普通平型带代替。  (3) Traditional synchronous toothed belts and ordinary flat belts. Traditional synchronous toothed belts can also be selected for the traction synchronous belts in this transmission, but the side of the pressurized chain plate needs to have a tooth shape that matches it, as shown in Figure 42.1. It can also be replaced by ordinary flat belt in the occasions with lower power and lower precision requirements.
工作原理: 如图 39所示, 输入轴 4输入动力流经牵引同步带轮 90 导入平型金属牵引带 105, 输入输出牵引带组分别由两平行并列对置的 牵引带组成, 如图中 A、 B两部分, 两对置牵引带的工作边运行方向相 同且速度同步, 各牵引带工作面由加压装置对其施压, 加压装置由加压 体 102、 加压辊 103、 加压链板 104等组成, 细节详见图 42, 将进入其 中的锁速块紧紧夹紧, 以靠摩擦牵引传动方式传递功率。 锁速块与变速 杆之间呈移动副关系联接, 可沿变速杆自由移动, 变速臂本身滑杆与锁 速块上移动副套组成移动副联接, 可以直接靠二者间的配合形成滑动式 移动副 (可衬加低摩擦系数材料滑动套及润滑油), 也可采用现有多种 滚动式移动副, 如图 39.2, 同时锁速块本身又能绕锁速旋转轴 112自由 转动, 关于锁速块细节详见图 40、 41、 42相关部分, 达到在传递动力 的同时可自由移动、 转动。 环形导轨 91 是锁速块的运行轨道, 与牵引 带进入结合后的有效运动轨迹由牵引带有效工作面及环形导轨的有效 工作区共同决定, 环形导轨由轨道直线区 (工作区)、 弧线区 (过渡区) 組成, 对锁速块进行轨迹约束定位导向, 其输入输出工作区导轨相互平 行, 确保锁速块在有效工作时实现即时等特性变速, 即: 保证变速过程 中的 "等角速同形位" 形态; 设计原则为: 环形导轨直线区范围应大于 牵引带有效工作区长度, 即: 达到在使锁速块完全处于直线运行状态时 方可进入牵引同步带有效工作区。 与前文 "平行三点一线" 变速原理 模式(一)相比, 该方案的主要优势在于将变速杆的往复运行转化为连 续单向旋转,省去了一系列往复直线运动转换环节,运行平稳且效率高。 结合上文示意简图 14,该机构利用连续单向运行的输入输出牵引同步带 对变速旋转总成中具有共同旋转中心且按一定夹角均勾分布的一系列 连续循环运转变速臂, 通过其对应锁速块轮流交替结合来实现功率传 输。 通过调速柄连续调节变速旋转中心轴位置即可实现无级变速。 Working principle: As shown in FIG. 39, the input power of the input shaft 4 flows through the traction synchronous belt pulley 90 and is introduced into the flat metal traction belt 105. The input and output traction belt groups are respectively two parallel side by side. The traction belt is composed of two parts, as shown in the figure A and B. The working sides of the two opposite traction belts run in the same direction and the speed is synchronized. The working surfaces of each traction belt are pressed by a pressure device. , Pressurizing roller 103, pressurizing chain plate 104, etc. For details, see Fig. 42. The speed-locking block is tightly clamped to transmit power by friction traction transmission. The speed lock block and the shift lever are connected in a moving pair relationship, and can move freely along the shift lever. The slide arm of the speed change arm and the moving sub sleeve on the speed block constitute a mobile pair link, which can be directly formed by the cooperation between the two. The mobile pair (can be lined with a low friction material sliding sleeve and lubricating oil), can also use a variety of existing rolling type mobile pair, as shown in Figure 39.2, while the speed lock block itself can freely rotate around the speed rotation axis 112, about The details of the speed-lock block are shown in the relevant parts of Figures 40, 41, and 42 to achieve free movement and rotation while transmitting power. The circular guide 91 is the running track of the speed lock block. The effective motion trajectory after being combined with the traction belt is determined by the effective working surface of the traction belt and the effective working area of the circular guide. The circular guide is composed of the linear area (working area) and the arc of the track. Area (transition zone) consists of trajectory constrained positioning and guidance for the speed lock block, and its input and output working area guide rails are parallel to each other to ensure that the speed lock block can achieve real-time and other characteristics of speed change when it is effectively working, that is: The design principle is: The range of the linear area of the ring guide should be longer than the length of the effective working area of the traction belt, that is, the effective working area of the traction synchronous belt can only be entered when the speed lock block is fully linear. Compared with the previous "parallel three-point, one-line" shifting principle mode (1), the main advantage of this solution is that it converts the reciprocating operation of the shift lever into continuous unidirectional rotation, eliminating a series of reciprocating linear motion conversion links and running smoothly. And high efficiency. In conjunction with the schematic diagram 14 above, the mechanism uses continuous unidirectional input and output traction timing belts to operate a series of continuously circulating shift arms that have a common rotation center in the variable speed rotation assembly and are distributed at a certain angle. Corresponding lock blocks are alternately combined to realize power transmission. Continuously adjusting the position of the central axis of the variable-speed rotation by the speed-adjusting handle can achieve stepless speed change.
在连续旋转变速模式中, 输入、 输出部分在结构上基本相同; 如: 输入 /输出牵引带、 输入 /输出牵引带轮机构基本相同, 此优点有利于简 化设计、 降低生产成本。 In the continuous rotation speed change mode, the input and output sections are basically the same in structure; for example: the input / output traction belt and the input / output traction pulley mechanism are basically the same, which is beneficial to simplicity Design, reduce production costs.
其中, 对前文图 14、 15中提到的 "输入、 输出牵引同步带"概念的 重述: 在连续旋转类型中, 输入输出部分从结构上讲无本质区别, "输 入、 输出牵引同步带" 仅是一种职能概念上的区分, 实际功能、 结构无 本质区别, 甚至可互换使用; 正如汽车轮胎在使用一段时间后互换使用 可延长寿命。 为了进一步扩大变速范围, 可采取 "分相" 设置方案, 使 每相变速旋转总成中锁速块数量减少、 变速臂夹角增大, 相与相之间采 取弹性连接方式从而消除 "角速度差振" 效应。 设计原则为: 牵引带 之间各相相连, 变速旋转总成之间各相呈弹性联轴器方式连接, 详见图 46.2的内容。  Among them, the restatement of the concept of "input and output traction timing belts" mentioned in Figures 14 and 15 above: In the continuous rotation type, the input and output parts are structurally non-essentially different, "input and output traction timing belts" It is only a functional distinction, there is no essential difference in actual function and structure, and it can even be used interchangeably; just as a car tire can be used interchangeably after a period of time to extend its life. In order to further expand the transmission range, a "phase-separated" setting scheme can be adopted to reduce the number of speed-locking blocks in the variable-speed rotation assembly of each phase, increase the included angle of the transmission arm, and adopt an elastic connection between phases to eliminate the "angular speed difference" Vibration "effect. The design principle is: The phases of the traction belt are connected, and the phases of the variable speed rotation assembly are connected in the form of elastic couplings, as shown in Figure 46.2.
图 40: 锁速块结构图 (一) 图 41: 锁速块结构图 (二) 图 42: 内外双轨道约束型及加压装置结构图  Figure 40: Structure of speed lock block (1) Figure 41: Structure of speed lock block (2) Figure 42: Structure of internal and external dual-track restraint type and pressure device
如图所示, 锁速块包括: 锁速定位座 111、 径向轴承 41、 锁速旋转 轴 112、 移动副套 100、 锁速块牵引耳板 101、 锁速块承压连接体 110、 摩擦牵引面 97、 导向滚轮 98。 锁速旋转轴 112与移动副套 100固联, 并通过径向轴承 41与锁速定位座 111形成转动副联接, 锁速定位座 111 与锁速块牵引耳板 101、 锁速块承压连接体 110、 摩擦牵引面 97固定联 接组成锁速块主体框架,摩擦牵引面 97实际上就是锁速块牵引耳板 101 的外侧, 其材料选用与牵引带工作结合表面摩擦系数大的材料, 锁速块 承压连接体 110将对称的两半联接起来, 主要承担来自牵引带对锁速块 的压紧力, 为了避免与环形导轨 91及移动副套 100的运动干涉, 承压 连接体 110设计成如图所示形状, 同理, 为了避免在轨道弧线区的运动 干涉, 锁速定位座 111设计成如图所示形状(优选实施例), 它和导向滚 轮 98—起与环形导轨 91相配合, 对锁速块的运动轨迹进行约束导向; 图示中的导向滚轮共 3个, 中间滚轮与锁速定位座配合对锁速块主体运 动进行约束, 两侧的导向滚轮对锁速块的自身转动自由度进行特定范围 的约束, 确保锁速块在进入环形导轨直线区时保持正立状态, 在精度较 低场合, 也可去掉中间滚轮, 靠对称安装的两导向滚轮与锁速定位座对 运行轨迹进行限定。 另外, 可将锁速块牵引耳板 101设计为扇形或外移 偏置型, 以获得更集中有效的空间利用率, 从而在耳板总面积不变的基 础上改善空间布局, 获得更大的变速比范围。 As shown in the figure, the speed lock block includes: a speed lock positioning base 111, a radial bearing 41, a speed lock rotation shaft 112, a moving auxiliary sleeve 100, a speed lock traction lug 101, a speed lock pressure bearing connection body 110, and friction Traction surface 97, guide roller 98. The speed-locking rotating shaft 112 is fixedly connected to the moving auxiliary sleeve 100, and forms a rotating pair connection with the speed-locking positioning base 111 through the radial bearing 41. The speed-locking positioning base 111 is pressure-connected to the speed-locking lug 101 and the speed-locking block. The body 110 and the friction traction surface 97 are fixedly connected to form the main body frame of the speed lock. The friction traction surface 97 is actually the outside of the traction lug 101 of the speed lock. The material is selected from the material with a large surface friction coefficient combined with the work of the traction belt. The block pressure connecting body 110 connects the two symmetrical halves, and mainly bears the pressing force of the speed lock block from the traction belt. In order to avoid interference with the movement of the ring guide 91 and the moving auxiliary sleeve 100, the pressure connecting body 110 is designed as As shown in the figure, for the same reason, in order to avoid the movement interference in the arc area of the track, the speed-lock positioning base 111 is designed as shown in the figure (the preferred embodiment), and it is aligned with the guide roller 98 and the ring guide 91. Cooperate to restrict and guide the movement track of the speed lock block. There are 3 guide rollers in the picture. The middle wheel and the speed positioning base cooperate to lock the main body of the speed lock block. The guide rollers on both sides constrain the degree of freedom of the lock block to a specific range to ensure that the lock block stays upright when entering the linear area of the ring guide. In the case of lower accuracy, the middle can also be removed. Roller, which uses two guide rollers and speed-locking positioning seat installed symmetrically to limit the running trajectory. In addition, the locking block traction ear plate 101 can be designed as a sector or an offset offset type to obtain a more concentrated and effective space utilization rate, thereby improving the space layout on the basis of the total area of the ear plate and obtaining a larger Gear ratio range.
考虑到装配及加工问题,锁速块可设计为两半对合型,通过螺栓 114 将两半联结为一体, 如图 41 所示, 锁速块工作时承受的是压力, 故对 螺栓的强度无太高要求。  In consideration of assembly and processing issues, the speed lock block can be designed as a two-half mating type, and the two halves are connected into one by bolt 114. As shown in Figure 41, the speed lock block works under pressure, so the strength of the bolt Not too demanding.
另外, 为将滑动导向转换为滚动导向, 以减小磨损, 在锁速定位座 111上可增设导向对置滚轮 113,反映在主视图上即在中间导向滚轮正下 方 a处, 详见图 40、 40.1。 也可采取图 41中的方案, 将锁速定位座 111 设计为圓形, 在其外表面装配大径向滚动轴承实现滚动导向。 同理: 图 42的双轨约束导向式锁速块也可采用全滚动接触式导向,如图中 b处可 以设置导向滚轮, 从而将滑动导向转换为滚动导向。 该内外双轨道约束 在双轨中间运行, 结构对称。 对于图 42.4中的类型, 虽然双轨道对夹锁 速定位座约束导向类型, 从理论上讲采取同一大滚动轴承而不能达到滚 动导向的效果, 但在实际中, 大滚动轴承与内外轨道并不同时接触, 况 且在进入工作区与牵引带结合后, 此导轨仅作辅助导向, 而在轨道弧线 过渡区则对导向无精度要求, 仅在进入工作区轨道的短程范围内要求精 度高, 其余部位的环形导轨与锁速块间可以有较大间隙, 所以, 采取此 结构仍有意义, 可达到滚动导向效果。  In addition, in order to convert the sliding guide to the rolling guide to reduce wear, a guide opposite roller 113 can be added to the speed-locking positioning base 111, which is reflected in the front view, that is, a directly below the middle guide roller, as shown in FIG. 40. , 40.1. The solution in FIG. 41 can also be adopted, and the speed-locking positioning base 111 is designed to be circular, and a large radial rolling bearing is equipped on the outer surface to implement rolling guidance. The same reason: The dual-track constrained-guided speed lock block in Fig. 42 can also adopt full rolling contact guidance. As shown in b in the figure, a guide roller can be set to convert the sliding guidance into rolling guidance. The inner and outer dual-track constraints run in the middle of the dual-track and have a symmetrical structure. As for the type shown in Figure 42.4, although the dual-track paired-clip-locking speed positioning seat is a constraint-guided type, theoretically, the same large rolling bearing cannot be used to achieve the effect of rolling guidance. However, in practice, large rolling bearings do not contact the inner and outer tracks at the same time. Moreover, after the combination of entering the work area and the traction belt, this guide rail only serves as an auxiliary guide, while the track arc transition area has no precision requirements for the guidance, and only requires high accuracy within the short range of the track entering the work area. There can be a large gap between the ring guide and the speed lock block, so it still makes sense to adopt this structure and achieve the effect of rolling guidance.
对于锁速块两侧牵引耳板通过承压连接体相连型, 如图 40、 41 , 由 于两侧呈固定连接, 运动自由度完全相同, 因此, 可以仅在单侧设置环 形导轨, 但对于锁速块左右两半靠推力轴承 40相连型, 如图 42中对应 的锁速块类型, 该类锁速块左右两半分离设计, 靠推力轴承承载牵引带 对锁速块的压紧力, 取消了锁速块承压连接体 110, 两侧锁速牵引耳板 具有相对自由的转动自由度, 则必须分别设立环形导轨。 For the traction lugs on both sides of the lock block, they are connected by a pressure-bearing connection body, as shown in Figures 40 and 41. Because the two sides are fixedly connected, the degree of freedom of movement is exactly the same. Therefore, a ring can be provided on only one side. Type guide rails, but for the left and right halves of the speed lock block connected by the thrust bearing 40, as shown in the corresponding lock block type in Figure 42, the left and right halves of this type of speed lock block are designed separately, and the thrust bearing bears the traction belt to the speed lock block. The compression force of the lock block 110 is eliminated, and the speed-locking traction lugs on both sides have relatively free rotational freedom, and ring guide rails must be separately established.
其中: 本专利公开的各类型锁速块仅属实施机构的优选实施例, 并 不表示具体种类限制, 各锁速块特点可以交叉组合, 例如: 图 42 中的 推力轴承型也可采取图 40、 41 中的单轨道约束导向方式; 另外, 锁速 块在满足强度及牵引能力的基石出上应尽量减小质量及牵引耳板尺寸, 以 减小旋转系统转动惯量及缩小工作空间, 获得更大范围的变速比。  Among them: The various types of speed-locking blocks disclosed in this patent are only preferred embodiments of the implementation mechanism, and do not indicate specific types of restrictions. The characteristics of each speed-locking block can be cross-combined. For example: The thrust bearing type in FIG. 42 can also adopt FIG. 40. In addition, the monorail constrained guidance method in Figures 41 and 41; In addition, the speed lock block should minimize the mass and size of the traction lug on the cornerstones that meet the strength and traction ability, in order to reduce the rotational inertia of the rotating system and the working space, and obtain more Wide range of gear ratios.
图 42、 42.1、 42.2、 42.3为该专利的加压装置相关图, 加压装置包 括加压体 102、 加压辊 103、 加压链板 104、 链板张紧轮 106, 加压体的 压力经加压辊传到加压链板上, 加压链板为链板销 116铰接的单排凸凹 插合搭接的链板所组成, 如图 42.2, 也可由两排链板相互交错搭接組合 而成, 如图 42.3 , 从而实现与加压辊 103的无间断触压, 达到稳恒连续 的加压效果。 加压链板另一侧与牵引带内侧面接触, 均匀地将压力传递 于牵引带, 在运行过程中, 加压链板及加压辊仅对牵引带产生垂直正向 压紧力, 在牵引带运行方向上无动力, 随牽引带呈从动形式运行。 加压 体 102的加压动力可以是预压弹簧力、 机械刚性力、 电磁力、 液压气动 力等。 对于一般场合, 宜采取弹性浮动方式压紧, 在特殊场合, 由于此 类变速器的牵引带与锁速块属全同步切向方式离合, 无几何滑动, 易实 现精密加压, 因此, 也可采取刚性方式压紧。  Figures 4, 42.1, 42.2, and 42.3 are related diagrams of the pressure device of the patent. The pressure device includes a pressure body 102, a pressure roller 103, a pressure chain plate 104, a chain plate tensioning wheel 106, and the pressure of the pressure body. It is transferred to the pressure chain plate by the pressure roller. The pressure chain plate is composed of a single row of convex and concave mating and overlapping chain plates hinged by the chain plate pins 116. As shown in Figure 42.2, the two rows of chain plates can be overlapped and overlapped with each other. The combination is shown in Figure 42.3, so as to achieve uninterrupted contact pressure with the pressure roller 103 and achieve a stable and continuous pressure effect. The other side of the pressure chain plate is in contact with the inner side of the traction belt, and evenly transmits the pressure to the traction belt. During the operation, the pressure chain plate and the pressure roller only generate a vertical positive pressing force on the traction belt. There is no power in the belt running direction, and it follows the traction belt in a driven form. The pressurizing power of the pressurizing body 102 may be a pre-compressed spring force, a mechanical rigid force, an electromagnetic force, a hydro-pneumatic force, and the like. For general occasions, it is advisable to adopt the elastic floating compression method. In special occasions, since the traction belt and the lock block of this type of transmission are fully synchronous tangential clutches, there is no geometric sliding, and it is easy to achieve precise pressure. Therefore, it can also be adopted. Compact in a rigid manner.
图 43: 变速臂总成装配图及零件图  Figure 43: Assembly drawing and parts drawing of gear shifter assembly
变速臂总成由具有共同旋转中心的一定数量变速臂组成, 由于在进 入工作区时不同变速臂间的 "角速度差振" 效应, 使得不同直线上的变 速臂不可固定连接, 需采取如图所示方式连接: 同一直线上的变速臂通 过与径向轴承配合的同一联接环固定连接, 不同直线上的变速臂通过具 有共同旋转轴的不同联接环连接, 在一定范围内具有彼此独立的转动自 由度, 为了解决各变速臂在与牵引带分离进入环形导轨弧线区的过渡越 位及回中问题, 变速臂彼此间由越位牵引簧 95相连。 图 43.1为不同联 接环的轴向布置方案, 具有较小的径向尺寸, 用于大变速比调速领域; 图 43.2、 43.3为不同联接环的径向布置方案, 径向尺寸叠加, 具有较大 径向尺寸, 用于调速范围较小领域; 为改善受力, 可采取图 43.3方式对 称连接, 图示情况属不可拆型,可拆型在图示相应焊接处采取螺栓联结。 同理, 为改善受力, 不同联接环的轴向布置方案也可增加平衡加强肋体 119来进行对称连接; 如图 43.4, 此图示属可拆型, 加强肋 119与变速 臂之间采取螺栓联接。 在调速范围较小场合, 变速臂平移范围较小, 可 适量减少变速臂数量, 简化结构; 如图 43.5为 3对变速臂, 结构紧凑对 称。 另外, 在牵引带有效工作区较短及调速范围较小的场合, 将不出现 3根相邻变速臂同时与牵引带结合的情况, 即: 相邻 3根变速臂不会同 时参与工作,反映在图 43.6中便是 ml、 ml不会同时参与牵引带的结合, 或者说: 夹角大于等于 90度的变速臂不会同时参与工作, 所以, 为了 简化结构、 改善受力, 可将夹角等于 90度的变速臂固连于同一联接环 上, 如图 43.6, 而且, 此方式还可优化变速臂在弧线轨道区的越位工况, 大大減小变速臂靠牵引越位簧进行弹性牵引, 过渡越位区域。 The shift arm assembly is composed of a certain number of shift arms with a common rotation center. Due to the "angular velocity differential vibration" effect between different shift arms when entering the work area, the shift arms on different straight lines cannot be fixedly connected. Connection as shown: Transmission arm on the same straight line It is fixedly connected through the same coupling ring that cooperates with the radial bearing. The transmission arms on different straight lines are connected through different coupling rings that have a common rotation axis. They have independent degrees of freedom for rotation within a certain range. With transitional offside and centering issues when entering the arc area of the ring guide rail, the shifting arms are connected to each other by an offside traction spring 95. Figure 43.1 shows the axial arrangement schemes of different coupling rings, which have smaller radial dimensions, and are used in the field of speed regulation with large gear ratios. Figures 43.2 and 43.3 show the radial arrangement schemes of different coupling rings, which have superimposed radial dimensions and have relatively large The large radial size is used in the area where the speed adjustment range is small. In order to improve the force, a symmetrical connection can be adopted as shown in Figure 43.3. The situation shown in the figure is not removable. The removable type is bolted at the corresponding welding place in the figure. In the same way, in order to improve the force, the axial arrangement of different coupling rings can also increase the balance reinforcement rib 119 for symmetrical connection; as shown in Figure 43.4, this illustration is detachable, and the reinforcement rib 119 and the transmission arm are adopted. Bolted connection. When the speed adjustment range is small, the shifting range of the shifting arm is small, which can reduce the number of shifting arms to simplify the structure. As shown in Figure 43.5, the three pairs of shifting arms have a compact and symmetrical structure. In addition, in the case where the effective working area of the traction belt is short and the speed adjustment range is small, there will be no situation where three adjacent transmission arms are combined with the traction belt at the same time, that is, three adjacent transmission arms will not participate in the work at the same time. Reflected in Figure 43.6 is that ml and ml will not participate in the combination of the traction belt at the same time, or that the gear arm with an angle of 90 degrees or more will not participate in the work at the same time, so in order to simplify the structure and improve the force, the clip The shifting arm with an angle equal to 90 degrees is fixed to the same coupling ring, as shown in Figure 43.6. Moreover, this method can also optimize the shifting condition of the shifting arm in the arc track area, and greatly reduce the elasticity of the shifting arm by traction offspring. , Transition offside area.
其中: 为减小图幅量, 放大联接细节, 各变速臂图示长度与实际情 况有大幅度缩短, 具体比例可参见装配图;  Among them: In order to reduce the size of the map and enlarge the connection details, the length of each shift arm is greatly shortened from the actual situation. For specific proportions, please refer to the assembly drawing;
图 44: 连续旋转型无级变速器实际应用装配图例。 在实际应用中, 一般采取输入输出牵引带平行竖向装配工艺, 这样做的优点是: (1 )调 速时变速旋转总成的平移方向为水平向, 便于实现轻松调速; (2 )牵引 带呈竖向运行, 不会因为重力影响而产生微量挠曲变形、 锁速精度高、 传动比稳定性好、 抗干扰性强; (3 )便于牽引带上的牵引油膜保留, 并 在重力与牵引运动的综合效应下自动均匀分布; (4 )有利于变速臂更好 地过渡越位及夹角回中, 充分恢复旋转角位移的脉振偏移现象。 Fig. 44: Assembly drawing of continuous rotation type continuously variable transmission. In practical applications, the parallel and vertical assembly process of input and output traction belts is generally adopted. The advantages of this are: (1) the translation direction of the variable speed rotation assembly is horizontal in speed adjustment, which facilitates easy speed adjustment; (2) traction The belt runs vertically, and will not cause slight deflection due to the influence of gravity. Good transmission ratio stability and strong anti-interference performance; (3) It is convenient to retain the traction oil film on the traction belt, and it is automatically and uniformly distributed under the combined effect of gravity and traction motion; (4) It is beneficial to the shifter arm to better transition to offside and The angle return is sufficient to fully recover the pulsation deviation phenomenon of the rotational angular displacement.
图 44.2、44.3中变速臂采取了可伸缩性设计,将变速臂一分为二, 两 部分通过伸缩移动副套 120呈移动副关系连接, 内侧部分与变速臂联接 环相连, 外侧部分与锁速块呈转动副关系连接, 取消了移动副, 达到了 在变速过程中, 变速臂端头轨迹极限位始终不超越外围环形导轨所围空 间范围; 该锁速块其它结构与前文大致相同, 细节可参见图 40、 41、 42 相关图, 所以外围环形导轨也可由前文的双边设置型结构合并为一体 型。 如果在移动副套 120内装置复位弹簧 81 , 还可去掉内侧轨道, 如图 所示。 此结构可在很大程度上缩小变速器空间尺寸。  In Figures 44.2 and 44.3, the gear shifter adopts a retractable design. The gear shifter is divided into two, and the two parts are connected in a movable pair relationship through a telescopic movable auxiliary sleeve 120. The inner part is connected to the gear arm coupling ring, and the outer part is connected to the speed lock. The blocks are connected in a rotating pair relationship, and the mobile pair is cancelled, so that during the shifting process, the limit position of the trajectory end of the shifting arm does not exceed the space surrounded by the outer ring guide rail. The other structure of the lock block is roughly the same as the previous one. Details can be Refer to the related drawings of Figs. 40, 41, and 42. Therefore, the peripheral ring guide can also be combined into an integrated type by the bilateral setting structure described above. If the return spring 81 is installed in the moving auxiliary sleeve 120, the inner rail can also be removed, as shown in the figure. This structure can greatly reduce the transmission space size.
图 45: 电磁牵引型变速器装配图  Fig. 45: Assembly drawing of electromagnetic traction transmission
如图所示:牵引同步带与锁速块的结合过程采取电磁吸合牵引方式, 锁速块包括电磁吸盘 123、 锁速定位座 111、 径向轴承 41、 锁速旋转轴 112、移动副套 100;对应的电磁牵引带为复合式电磁牵引带,如图所示: 内层为非金属齿形啮合层, 与同步带轮啮合以实现同步牵引, 外层为铁 磁性金属薄片材料制造的电磁吸合牵引层, 用于与电磁吸盘实现磁性吸 合加压牵引; 变速旋转总成包括变速盘 121、 径向轨道 122、 电磁锁速 块。 采取电磁牵引方案后, 通过电磁控制实现不同直线上锁速块的互锁 工作步调, 从而可消除在进入工作区时不同变速臂间的 "角速度差振" 效应, 所以各变速臂可采取一体方式设置, 如图所示, 采取了一体化盘 式变速结构, 所有锁速块的移动副套 100与变速盘 121上径向轨道 122 配合, 同时受环形导轨 91 约束导向。 电磁吸盘工作电流由外部控制电 路经电刷、 电环、 滑动静触片、 动触片引入, 其控制遵循 "互锁优先" 控制原则: 同一直线上的锁速块电磁吸盘得电情况相同, 不同直线上的 锁速块得电情况具有互锁性, 即: 每一时刻只能有一对共线的电磁吸盘 得电工作, 且按优先原则控制, 总是使得处于最佳受力状态的锁速块优 先工作。 As shown in the figure: The combination process of the traction timing belt and the speed lock block adopts electromagnetic suction traction. The speed lock block includes an electromagnetic chuck 123, a speed lock positioning base 111, a radial bearing 41, a speed lock rotation shaft 112, and a moving auxiliary sleeve. 100; The corresponding electromagnetic traction belt is a composite electromagnetic traction belt, as shown in the figure: The inner layer is a non-metal toothed meshing layer that meshes with the timing belt wheel to achieve synchronous traction, and the outer layer is an electromagnetic made of ferromagnetic metal sheet material The suction traction layer is used to realize magnetic suction and pressure traction with the electromagnetic chuck; the variable speed rotation assembly includes a speed variator 121, a radial track 122, and an electromagnetic lock block. After adopting the electromagnetic traction scheme, the interlocking working pace of the lock blocks on different straight lines is achieved through electromagnetic control, thereby eliminating the "angular speed differential vibration" effect between different shift arms when entering the work area, so each shift arm can adopt an integrated approach The arrangement, as shown in the figure, adopts an integrated disc-type shifting structure. The mobile sub-sets 100 of all the speed-locking blocks cooperate with the radial track 122 on the shifting plate 121 and are guided by the ring guide 91 at the same time. The working current of the electromagnetic chuck is introduced by the external control circuit through the brush, electric ring, sliding static contact piece, and moving contact piece. The control follows the "interlock priority" control principle: the speed of the electromagnetic chucks of the lock blocks on the same line is the same. On different lines The speed-locking block is electrified, that is, only one pair of collinear electromagnetic chucks can work at any time, and it is controlled according to the principle of priority, which always makes the speed-locking block in the best force state work preferentially. .
电磁变速盘的优点: 电磁吸引力属系统内力, 在局部内系统自行平 衡, 无需加压装置, 控制方式灵活多变、 便捷易调, 由于可确保互锁牵 引, 所以在调速时可获取更大的助力区间, 实现与往复型效果相同的宽 助力区间快捷轻松调速的效果。 电磁变速盘属固轴型类别, 所有锁速块 设置在同一旋转体上, 一体化盘式变速系统结构合理、 简单可靠, 运行 平稳, 越位顺利。  Advantages of electromagnetic shifting disk: The electromagnetic attraction force is the internal force of the system, and the system balances itself locally without the need for a pressure device. The control method is flexible, convenient and easy to adjust. Because it can ensure interlocking traction, it can get more The large boost interval achieves the same quick and easy speed adjustment effect as the wide boost interval with the reciprocating effect. The electromagnetic shifting disk belongs to the solid shaft type. All the speed-locking blocks are set on the same rotating body. The integrated disc shifting system has a reasonable structure, simple and reliable, stable operation and smooth offside.
另外: 由于锁速块在轨道直线区的匀速运行导致变速盘的转动角速 度呈现脉动性, 应尽可能地减小变速旋转总成转动惯量, 所以, 可采取 如图 43.7所示结构, 将所有变速臂固定联接于同一联接环上, 以代替含 径向轨道的整体式变速盘。  In addition: Because the rotation speed of the transmission disc is pulsating due to the uniform speed operation of the speed lock block in the linear area of the track, the moment of inertia of the variable speed rotation assembly should be reduced as much as possible. Therefore, the structure shown in Figure 43.7 can be adopted to change all the speed changes. The arms are fixedly connected to the same coupling ring to replace the integral transmission disc with radial tracks.
此图代表双轨对夹约束轨道类型,也可采取图 39的单轨约束型,增 加导向定位滚轮后可将电磁吸盘设计为方形、 扇形或外移偏置型, 以获 得更集中有效的空间利用率, 在吸盘总面积不变基础上改善空间布局, 获得更大的变速比范围。 另外, 电磁牵引带也可用图 39.3中的平型金属 牵引带。 锁速定位座也可如图 42.4所示加径向滚动轴承来减小磨损。  This figure represents the type of double-track clip-constrained track. The single-track restraint type of Figure 39 can also be adopted. After the guide and positioning rollers are added, the electromagnetic chuck can be designed as a square, sector or offset type to obtain more concentrated and effective space utilization. On the basis of the total area of the suction cup being improved, the space layout is improved to obtain a wider range of speed ratios. In addition, the electromagnetic traction belt can also be a flat metal traction belt as shown in Figure 39.3. The speed-locking positioning seat can also add radial rolling bearings as shown in Figure 42.4 to reduce wear.
此电磁互锁控制方式原则上在不同锁速块轮流工作交替时刻不可有 重叠工作区, 故存在功率流微间隙断流区间, 为了充分保证功率流的连 续性及稳定的承载性, 可采取双机组错位交叉接力方式工作, 消除此短 暂动力流中断区 (如图 45.1), 获得稳恒连续功率流输出。 此时, 牵引带 双面工作, 为减小牵引带负荷量,可以将牵引带轮设计为双轮驱动, 即: 将主动轮、 从动张紧轮均设为主动轮, 一起对牵引同步带进行驱动, 以 对牵引带不同区域实现功率流分载, 消除功率流串载现象。 实际上, 当 控制精度较高, 能够达到在两相邻交替工作的锁速块处于同一对称相位 时的瞬间实现交替离合, 则可重叠工作(因为此刻两锁速块径向尺寸相 等, 具有相同线速度), 即使有断流, 此断流间隔也很小, 所以在一般 场合, 仍采取单机组工作。 In principle, this electromagnetic interlocking control method can not have overlapping working areas at the time of alternate working of different speed-locking blocks, so there is a power flow micro-gap interruption interval. In order to fully ensure the continuity of power flow and stable load carrying capacity, double The unit works in a staggered cross-relay mode, eliminating this transient power flow interruption zone (as shown in Figure 45.1) and obtaining a stable continuous power flow output. At this time, the traction belt works on both sides. In order to reduce the load of the traction belt, the traction belt wheel can be designed as a two-wheel drive, that is, both the driving wheel and the driven tensioner are set as the driving wheel, and the traction timing belt is worked together. It is driven to realize power flow offload in different areas of the traction belt and eliminate the phenomenon of power flow cross-loading. Actually, when The control precision is high, it can achieve the alternate clutch when the two adjacent speed-locking blocks are in the same symmetrical phase, and they can work overlapped (because the radial size of the two speed-locking blocks are equal at the moment, they have the same linear speed), Even if there is a cutoff, the cutoff interval is very small, so in general, a single unit is still used.
图 46: 电磁牵引型变速器派生系列  Fig. 46: Derivative series of electromagnetic traction transmission
图 46.1所示方案是针对图 45中锁速块单侧受力工况的强化设计型, 该方案中锁速块两侧对称设有电磁吸盘, 并采取双組牵引带传输功率, 增大承载容量, 适用于功率较大场合。  The solution shown in Figure 46.1 is an enhanced design for the unilateral stress conditions of the speed lock block in Figure 45. In this solution, electromagnetic chucks are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the speed lock block, and double sets of traction belts are used to transmit power to increase the load. Capacity, suitable for high power occasions.
图 46.2: 为了进一步扩大变速范围, 可以设置两相或多相并列变速 机组, 将原有锁速块数量平均分成两组或多组分相设置, 以减小每相机 组中锁速块数量, 但电磁控制步调仍等效于单相式, 即: 在多相机组范 围内按 "互锁优先" 原则控制。 实际上, 锁速块数量分相设置后, 相与 相之间只要采取弹性连接即可同时达到消除微间隙动力流中断现象及 扩大变速比的效果。 即: 在每相变速盘中均匀分布地设置一组锁速块, 相与相之间通过弹性联轴器连接; 如图 46.2, 左右两变速盘上径向轨道 分布情况如右图所示, 为缩减图幅采取了缩小比例绘制, 此弹性联轴器 127等效于越位牵引簧 95的作用, 它使两相之间既相互牵连, 又保持一 定的转动自由度, 从而实现了在可相互牵引顺利越位的基础上消除 "角 速度差振" 效应, 使得两相之间不必互锁控制, 不同相之间的锁速块 允许存在得电交叉重叠工作区, 消除了微间隙动力流中断现象, 通过两 相之间的锁速块互补工作获得连续功率流输出。 其中, 46.2图例中左右 两变速盘通过同一牵引带的两侧传递功率, 变速盘旋向相反, 此联轴器 为反向弹性联轴器;  Figure 46.2: In order to further expand the shifting range, a two-phase or multi-phase parallel transmission unit can be set up to divide the original number of speed lock blocks into two or more component phase settings to reduce the number of speed lock blocks in each camera group. However, the electromagnetic control pace is still equivalent to the single-phase type, that is, it is controlled according to the principle of "interlock priority" in the range of multiple camera groups. In fact, after the number of speed-locking blocks is set in phases, as long as the phases and phases are elastically connected, the effects of interrupting the micro-gap power flow and expanding the gear ratio can be achieved at the same time. That is, a set of speed-locking blocks are evenly distributed in each phase transmission disc, and the phases and phases are connected by elastic couplings; as shown in Figure 46.2, the radial track distribution on the left and right transmission discs is shown in the right figure. In order to reduce the size of the drawing, a reduced scale drawing is adopted. This elastic coupling 127 is equivalent to the action of an offside traction spring 95. It makes the two phases not only implicate each other, but also maintains a certain degree of freedom of rotation. On the basis of smooth traction, the "angular velocity differential vibration" effect is eliminated, so that there is no need for interlock control between the two phases. The speed lock blocks between different phases allow the existence of electrified crossover and overlapping work areas, eliminating the phenomenon of micro-gap power flow interruption. Continuous power flow output is obtained through complementary work of the speed lock blocks between the two phases. Among them, the left and right transmission discs in the 46.2 illustration transmit power through the two sides of the same traction belt, and the transmission discs rotate in opposite directions. This coupling is a reverse elastic coupling;
同理: 图 39所述的机械牵引型变速器也可采取如图 46.2中的分相 设置方式, 使每相变速旋转总成中锁速块数量减少、 变速臂夹角增大, 相与相之间采取弹性连接方式消除 "角速度差振" 效应, 从而获得更 广的变速范围。 设计原则为: 牵引带之间各相相连, 变速旋转总成之间 各相呈弹性联轴器方式连接。在特殊场合,为了尽可能减小变速器厚度, 可采取如图 46.3方式布置变速器结构,电磁牵引带与电磁锁速块均径向 布置, 变速臂采取可伸缩性设计, 其具体结构详见图 44.3。 Similarly: The mechanical traction type transmission shown in FIG. 39 can also adopt the split-phase setting method as shown in FIG. 46.2, so that the number of speed-locking blocks in the variable-speed rotation assembly of each phase is reduced, and the included angle of the transmission arm is increased. The phase-to-phase elastic connection is used to eliminate the "angular velocity differential vibration" effect, thereby obtaining a wider range of speed changes. The design principle is: The phases of the traction belt are connected, and the phases of the variable-speed rotating assembly are connected in an elastic coupling manner. In special occasions, in order to reduce the thickness of the transmission as much as possible, the transmission structure can be arranged as shown in Figure 46.3. The electromagnetic traction belt and the electromagnetic lock block are radially arranged, and the shifting arm is designed for scalability. The detailed structure is shown in Figure 44.3. .
图 47: 横向对夹牵引型变速器机构图  Figure 47: Transverse Wafer Traction Transmission Mechanism
图 47.1为此类变速器机构简图, 该方案与图 39类型总体机构大致 相同, 区别在于: 牵引带与锁速块的结合方式不同, 采取横向对夹牵引, 与前者相比, 该方案中的侧置式锁速块 128结构筒单, 锁速定位座 111、 锁速旋转轴 112、 径向轴承 41、 移动副套 100均在锁速块的承压牵引体 129 的外侧部, 与变速臂配合的移动副摆动空间不受锁速块干涉限制, 承压牵引体 129的内部无任何零部件, 有利于缩小锁速块体积及优化受 力设计。 其细节详见图 47.2, 该图为承压牵引体单侧设置型, 虽然存在 偏向分力, 但结构简单, 在功率较大场合, 可在变速臂移动副套 100两 侧对称设置承压牵引体, 并增设一组牵引系统, 如图 47.1所示。  Figure 47.1 is a simplified diagram of this type of transmission mechanism. This solution is roughly the same as the overall mechanism of the type in FIG. 39, with the following differences: The combination of the traction belt and the speed lock block is different, and the transverse clip is used for traction. Compared with the former, the The side-mounted speed lock block 128 has a simple structure, the speed lock positioning base 111, the speed lock rotation shaft 112, the radial bearing 41, and the mobile auxiliary sleeve 100 are all located on the outer side of the pressure traction body 129 of the speed lock block, and cooperate with the shift arm. The swing space of the moving pair is not limited by the interference of the lock block, and there are no components inside the pressure-bearing traction body 129, which is conducive to reducing the size of the lock block and optimizing the force design. The details are shown in Figure 47.2. This figure is a unilateral pressure-bearing traction body. Although there is a biased component, the structure is simple. In the case of high power, pressure-bearing traction can be set symmetrically on both sides of the shift arm moving sub-set 100. And add a set of traction systems, as shown in Figure 47.1.
图 47.3是针对前文图 39方案的简化机构, 采取单侧牵引带对锁速 块进行压合牵引, 另一侧靠平衡承压装置平衡加压力, 如图所示, 靠变 速臂上的平衡承压滚轮 130与平衡承压盘 131的接触来平衡加压装置对 锁速块的压紧力, 此时的锁速块也变成了原来的一半, 如图 47.3.1 , 从 而简化了结构、 减小了转动惯量。 另外, 为进一步简化机构, 也可去掉 滚轮平衡装置, 但这样变速旋转总成将受较大轴向力, 可釆取在轴向增 设推力轴承来解决。 为了改善受力接触面, 可采取锥轮面接触, 但需平 衡盘随调速块同步运动, 使平衡承压盘 131中心轴始终与变速旋转中心 轴 9共轴。 在一般场合可采取平衡盘固定静止型。  Figure 47.3 is a simplified mechanism for the solution shown in Figure 39 above. It adopts a unilateral traction belt to press and lock the speed lock block. The other side balances the pressure by a balance pressure bearing device. As shown in the figure, it depends on the balance bearing on the transmission arm. The contact between the pressure roller 130 and the balance pressure plate 131 balances the pressing force of the pressure device on the speed lock block. At this time, the speed lock block also becomes half, as shown in Figure 47.3.1, thereby simplifying the structure, Reduced moment of inertia. In addition, in order to further simplify the mechanism, the roller balancing device can also be removed, but in this way, the variable speed rotation assembly will be subject to a large axial force, which can be solved by adding thrust bearings in the axial direction. In order to improve the force contact surface, a cone wheel surface contact can be adopted, but the balance plate needs to move synchronously with the speed control block, so that the central axis of the balance pressure plate 131 is always coaxial with the variable-speed rotation central axis 9. In general, the balance plate can be fixed and stationary.
图 48: 等角速同形位无级变速器的空间结构类型实施例模型筒图 以下为该图的一些说明: Fig. 48: Model tube diagram of the embodiment of the space structure type of the constant angular isomorphous continuously variable transmission Here are some descriptions of the figure:
1 : 图示各种变速器类型均遵循"等角速同形位运动原理"、 "等角速 同向翻转位似性变速原理。  1: The various transmission types shown in the figure follow the "equal angular velocity homomorphic motion principle" and "equal angular velocity co-rotational similarity shift principle".
2: 锁速轨道在垂直于图纸的方向上布置, 图中的剖面是锁速轨道的 垂直截面, 如图 21 , 同理: 锁速枕沿锁速轨道在如图所示垂直于图纸的 方向上运动。  2: The speed lock track is arranged in a direction perpendicular to the drawing. The section in the figure is the vertical section of the speed lock track, as shown in Figure 21. The same applies: the speed lock pillow is along the speed lock track in the direction perpendicular to the drawing as shown in the figure. On exercise.
3: 图中标注 k的移动副充当调速块功能,仅在调速过程中沿箭头方 向移动, 平时处于静止态, 这是与其他移动副的区别点: 允许在垂直于 图纸的方向随锁速枕一起沿锁速轨道平行方向运动, 如图 48.2、 48.4, 此时: 与锁速枕固连的 m杆就是调速块 k的等效调速轨道, 所以只要不 相对调速轨道导向方向发生移动就不会改变传动比。  3: The moving pair marked with k in the figure acts as a speed control block. It only moves in the direction of the arrow during the speed adjustment process and is usually in a static state. This is the difference from other moving pairs: it is allowed to lock in the direction perpendicular to the drawing. The speed pillows move along the parallel direction of the speed lock track, as shown in Figures 48.2 and 48.4. At this time: The m rod fixed to the speed lock is the equivalent speed track of the speed control block k, so as long as it is not relative to the direction of the speed track Movement does not change the transmission ratio.
4: 图示虚线框内元件在调速过程随调速块一起运动。  4: The components in the dashed box shown in the figure move with the speed block during the speed adjustment process.
5: 图示中的任一变速单元(锁速枕、 锁速轨道及对应变速臂組合) 均可作为变速器输入或输出变速单元设计, 即: 将其中一变速单元作为 输入变速单元, 则另一变速单元则为输出变速单元, 反之亦然, 均可互 换使用。  5: Any speed change unit (lock speed pillow, speed lock track and corresponding speed change arm combination) shown in the picture can be designed as the transmission input or output speed change unit, that is: if one speed change unit is used as the input speed change unit, the other The transmission unit is an output transmission unit, and vice versa, both can be used interchangeably.
6: 本图的通用元件未标注件号, 可参见图 49机构简图通用元件符 号表;  6: The common components in this figure are not marked with part numbers, see the general component symbol table of the schematic diagram in Figure 49;
图 48.1中的输入输出变速单元(锁速枕、 锁速轨道及变速臂)位于 同一水平位, 且呈对称布置, 输入、 输出变速臂分离设置, 通过一组两 端的头连接距离长度伸缩自由可变的等角速双万向联轴器 132将两变速 臂连接, 也即: 变速臂绕旋转中心轴的转矩可通过此等角速双万向联轴 器 132传递于另一变速臂, 使两变速臂具有等角速运动特性, 而输入、 输出变速单元相互关系满足 "等角速同向翻转位似性变速原理", 且通 过无级移动调速块 k的位置可无级改变有效变速臂长度, 所以此变速机 构具有 "等规律无级变速特性"。 另外, 根据场合需求, 输入输出变速 单元可绕旋转中心轴 9旋转任意角度, 构成空间变速型。 其中, 此处的 "空间变速型 " 指的是输入输出运动传输件相互间的运动关系属空间运 动类型, 这是与 "特殊空间变速结构型" 的区别。 The input and output shift units (speed lock pillows, speed lock rails, and shift arms) in Figure 48.1 are located on the same level and are symmetrically arranged. The input and output shift arms are separated from each other and can be flexibly extended through a set of head ends at both ends. The variable constant angular double universal joint 132 connects the two shift arms, that is, the torque of the shift arm around the rotation center axis can be transmitted to the other variable shift arm through the constant angular double universal joint 132, Make the two transmission arms have the characteristics of constant angular velocity motion, and the relationship between the input and output transmission units meets the "equal angular velocity reversal position similarity shift principle", and the position of the speed control block k can be changed steplessly by stepless movement. Gear arm length, so this gearbox The structure has "equilibrium continuously variable transmission characteristics". In addition, according to the needs of the occasion, the input-output transmission unit can be rotated at any angle about the rotation center axis 9 to constitute a space transmission type. Among them, the "space shift type" here refers to the movement relationship between the input and output motion transmission members is a space motion type, which is different from the "special space shift structure type".
图 48.2中两变速臂呈固定连接,各锁速枕与调速块 k在调速时呈移 动副关系, 不调速时呈固定连接, 并通过相应转动副、 移动副与对应变 速臂相连构成变速装置, 显见: 沿箭头方向无級调节调速块 k位置, 改 变其与旋转中心轴 9的距离, 则可等效改变旋转中心轴 9与锁速轨道的 距离, 也即改变了有效变速臂的长度, 于是传动比发生改变。 该方案通 过改变两变速臂的固连方位, 并同步改变该变速单元方位即可演化为空 间变速型; 如: 将图示中两变速臂的平行固连结构沿旋转中心轴 9旋转 90度固连, 变速单元同.步变化即转化为空间变速型。  In Figure 48.2, the two shift arms are fixedly connected. Each lock and the speed control block k are in a mobile pair relationship when the speed is adjusted, and they are fixedly connected when the speed is not adjusted. They are connected to the corresponding shift arm through the corresponding rotary pair and mobile pair. It is obvious that the speed-changing device: steplessly adjusts the position of the speed control block k in the direction of the arrow, and changes its distance from the rotation center axis 9, which can equivalently change the distance between the rotation center axis 9 and the speed-locking track, that is, changes the effective transmission arm The length of the transmission ratio changes. This solution can evolve into a space-shifting type by changing the fixed azimuth of the two shift arms, and changing the azimuth of the shift unit simultaneously; for example: The parallel fixed structure of the two shift arms in the illustration is rotated 90 degrees along the rotation center axis 9 Even if the transmission unit changes in the same step, it will be transformed into a space transmission type.
图 48.3: 该方案两变速单元共用一变速臂, 但距旋转中心轴距离不 同, 即: 有效变速臂长度不等, 沿箭头方向无级调节调速块 k位置则两 有效变速臂长度比值将发生改变, 于是传动比发生改变。 此调速方案的 特点是: 调速块 k越远离锁速轨道区, 二者速度越接近, 且其调速传动 比精度逐步细微化, 传动比的变化率呈现变减速趋势, 属调速精度可变 化类型, 但要明确: 它的传动比仍为无级变化。 该类模式适用于对传动 比在不同区域要求有不同的调节精度要求的场合, 如: 对低速区要求有 较高的调速精度场合。  Figure 48.3: In this solution, the two shifting units share a shifting arm, but the distances from the center axis of rotation are different, that is: the effective shifting arm length varies, and the k position of the governing block is adjusted steplessly in the direction of the arrow, and the ratio of the two effective shifting arm lengths will occur. Change, so the transmission ratio changes. The characteristics of this speed regulation scheme are: The farther the speed regulation block k is from the locked track area, the closer the two speeds are, and the accuracy of the speed regulation transmission ratio is gradually refined, and the rate of change of the transmission ratio shows a deceleration trend, which belongs to the speed regulation accuracy. Variable types, but be clear: its transmission ratio is still infinitely variable. This type of mode is suitable for the occasions that require different adjustment accuracy for different transmission ratios in different areas, such as the occasions that require higher speed accuracy for low speed areas.
图 48.4、 48.5、 48.6、 48.7属特殊空间变速结构型, 输入输出变速单 元通过空间等角速传动机构 (图示为空间锥齿轮传动)连接, 输入输出 单元可在任意空间方位设置, 为便于简明表示, 图示机构仍画在同一平 面内, 在图 48.4中: 调速块、 锁速块、 变速臂连接方式、 调速方式与图 48.2相似, 不同之处在于两变速臂通过等角速空间齿轮连接, 可改变两 变速单元相对运动平面, 从而构成空间变速机构, 同理, 沿箭头方向无 級调节调速块 k的位置即可改变传动比。 Figures 48.4, 48.5, 48.6, and 48.7 are special space transmission structure types. The input and output transmission units are connected by a space isoangular speed transmission mechanism (the space bevel gear transmission is shown). The input and output units can be set in any space orientation. It is shown that the illustrated mechanism is still drawn in the same plane. In Figure 48.4: Speed control block, lock block, transmission arm connection method, speed control method is similar to Figure 48.2, except that the two transmission arms pass through the space of constant angular velocity Gear connection, can change two The speed change unit relatively moves with the plane to form a space speed change mechanism. Similarly, the transmission ratio can be changed by steplessly adjusting the position of the speed control block k in the direction of the arrow.
图 48.5、 48.6结构相近, 且调速块、 锁速块、 变速臂连接方式和调 速方式与图 48.1相似, 不同之处在于两变速臂的等角速连接机构不同, 调速过程移动元件不同,调速时,沿箭头方向无级调节调速块 k的位置, 虚线框内元件均与之同步移动。 图 48.5中: 变速臂旋转中心轴 9通过锥 齿轮传动组 31改变运动平面, 并通过平面齿轮 12与一公共超长直齿圆 柱齿轮 133相啮合, 以实现两变速单元的运动衔接, 调速时, 平面齿轮 12相对超长直齿圆柱齿轮 133发生轴向移动, 传动角速度不发生改变, 确保了等角速传动, 而旋转中心轴 9距锁速轨道距离发生改变, 即: 改 变了有效变速臂长度, 于是改变了传动比。 其中, 齿轮 12 与超长圆柱 齿轮 133也可采取斜齿轮传动结构, 但在调速时需两变速单元相互协调 配合; 图 49.6的方案在锥齿轮传动组 31与齿轮 12之间采取滑键移动副 134相连, 在传递扭矩同时可轴向移动, 从而使虛线框内元件在调速移 动时确保等角速传动。 另外, 图 48.6中的两啮合齿轮 12可以是空间齿 轮, 可使整体变速机构空间布局更加灵活多样化。  Figures 48.5 and 48.6 are similar in structure, and the speed control block, speed lock block, transmission arm connection method and speed control method are similar to Figure 48.1, the difference is that the equal angular velocity connection mechanism of the two transmission arms is different, and the moving elements are different during the speed adjustment process. During the speed adjustment, the position of the speed control block k is adjusted steplessly in the direction of the arrow, and the elements in the dotted frame move in synchronization with it. In Figure 48.5: The center axis 9 of the shift arm changes the plane of motion through the bevel gear transmission group 31, and meshes with a common ultra-long spur gear 133 through the plane gear 12 to achieve the motion connection between the two shift units. The plane gear 12 moves axially relative to the ultra-long spur gear 133, the transmission angular velocity does not change, ensuring constant angular speed transmission, and the distance between the rotation center axis 9 and the speed-locking track is changed, that is, the effective transmission arm is changed Length, thus changing the transmission ratio. Among them, the gear 12 and the ultra-long cylindrical gear 133 can also adopt a helical gear transmission structure, but when the speed is adjusted, the two transmission units need to coordinate with each other; the scheme of FIG. 49.6 adopts a sliding key movement between the bevel gear transmission group 31 and the gear 12 The auxiliary pair 134 is connected, and can move axially at the same time while transmitting torque, so that the elements in the dotted frame ensure constant angular speed transmission when the speed is adjusted. In addition, the two meshing gears 12 in FIG. 48.6 can be space gears, which can make the overall layout of the transmission mechanism more flexible and diversified.
图 48.7方案通过移动空间锥齿轮系来获得有效变速臂的改变, 以进 行调速, 如图所示, 空间锥齿轮与变速臂旋转中心轴 9固连, 变速臂与 各自旋转中心轴 9之间通过滑键移动副 134连接, 在传递扭矩同时可轴 向移动, 可转动式移动副调速块 135与旋转中心轴 9之间呈转动移动副 关系连接, 仅对旋转中心轴 9的径向平动位移量进行约束, 二者之间既 可自由转动又可轴向移动。 当沿水平方向平移锥齿轮系时, (B )变速单 元有效变速臂长度发生改变; 当竖向平移锥齿轮系时, (A )变速单元有 效变速臂长度发生改变, 实际操作中, 水平向、 竖向位移量可以同时调 节, 从而实现更为灵活的传动比变化。 除图 48.3外, 其余变速机构的两 端变速单元的有效变速臂均可同时或分别调节, 互不影响, 此技术特征 支持独立权利书中的权限, 此特点有利于快捷花样调速, 使传动比的调 节规律实现多变可控化。 The scheme of Figure 48.7 obtains the change of the effective transmission arm by moving the space bevel gear train to adjust the speed. As shown in the figure, the space bevel gear is fixedly connected to the rotation center axis 9 of the transmission arm, and between the transmission arm and the respective rotation center axis 9 It is connected by the sliding key pair 134, which can move axially while transmitting torque. The rotatable movable pair speed control block 135 is connected in a rotational pair relation with the rotation center axis 9 and only the radial translation of the rotation center axis 9 The amount of displacement is restricted, and both can rotate freely and move axially. When the bevel gear train is translated in the horizontal direction, (B) the effective transmission arm length of the transmission unit changes; when the bevel gear train is vertically translated, (A) the effective transmission arm length of the transmission unit changes. In actual operation, the horizontal, The vertical displacement can be adjusted at the same time, so as to realize more flexible transmission ratio changes. Except for Figure 48.3, the two The effective transmission arms of the end-speed transmission unit can be adjusted simultaneously or separately, without affecting each other. This technical feature supports the authority in the independent right book. This feature is conducive to quick and easy speed regulation, and makes the regulation of the transmission ratio variable and controllable. .
该图例公开的机构类型均适用于往复型及连续旋转型, 图示实施例 为往复变速型, 用于连续旋转类型时, 需将锁速枕、 锁速轨道换为牽引 带、 锁速块, 并将单根变速杆由多根变速臂代替(参见前文相关机构)。 其缺点是: 对于输入输出变速单元不在同一运动平面内的机构, 锁速块 及导向轨道、 变速臂等相关元件在输入端、 输出端大都不可循环互用, 需采取输入输出元件分离方式分別设置, 增加了零部件数量, 机构复杂 化。 对于如图 48.4、 48.5、 48.6、 48.7中传动齿轮、 锥齿轮, 如用在往 复型变速器中, 则.齿轮仅作往复摆动, 不进行大圓周连续旋转, 所以在 低速场合, 为了减轻机体重量, 可使用扇形齿轮。  The types of mechanisms disclosed in this illustration are applicable to both reciprocating and continuous rotating types. The illustrated embodiment is a reciprocating variable speed type. When used in a continuous rotating type, the speed lock pillow and the speed lock track need to be replaced by a traction belt and a speed lock block. The single shift lever is replaced by multiple shift arms (see the relevant mechanism above). Its disadvantages are: For the input and output transmission units that are not in the same plane of movement, most of the related components such as the speed lock block, the guide rail, and the shift arm cannot be cyclically used at the input and output ends, and the input and output component separation methods need to be set separately. This increases the number of parts and complicates the mechanism. For the transmission gears and bevel gears in Figures 48.4, 48.5, 48.6, and 48.7, if they are used in reciprocating transmissions, the gears only reciprocate and do not perform continuous rotation on a large circumference. Therefore, in order to reduce the weight of the body at low speeds, Sector gears can be used.
综上所述: 为适应更多场合的需求, 提高功率重量比、 功率体积比, 可通过任意等角速传动机构、 变异机构及相关的平面、 空间运动转换、 传动机构 (如: 平面齿轮、 空间齿轮、 平面轮系、 空间轮系、 轴、 带、 连杆机构、 钢丝软轴传动、 蜗杆传动、 等角速联轴器等)进行等角速度 传递, 总之, 只要能满足等角速传动条件, 则可按照 "等角速同向翻 转位似性变速原理" 指导思想, 进行随意灵活的空间布置设计。 在特 殊需求场合, 可根据需要采取变角速传动, 获得特殊变速、 特定规律的 转速输出。  To sum up: In order to meet the needs of more occasions, to increase the power-to-weight ratio and power-to-volume ratio, it is possible to use any constant angular speed transmission mechanism, variable mechanism and related plane, space motion conversion, transmission mechanism (such as: flat gear, Space gears, plane gear trains, space gear trains, shafts, belts, connecting rod mechanisms, flexible steel wire shaft drives, worm gear drives, constant angular velocity couplings, etc.) are used for constant angular velocity transmission. In short, as long as the constant angular velocity transmission conditions can be met , According to the guiding principle of "equal angular velocity co-rotating position similarity shifting principle", a free and flexible space layout design can be performed. In special occasions, variable angular speed transmission can be adopted to obtain special speed and specific regular speed output.
图 49: 机构简图通用元件符号表, 其中, 该元件符号表是针对本专 利的通用符号;  Figure 49: A schematic diagram of a common component symbol of a mechanism, where the component symbol table is a general symbol for the patent;
图 50: 空间变速器机构简图  Figure 50: Simplified space transmission mechanism
针对图 48中变速机构对照分析,图 48变速机构仍属平面变速类型, 仅是不同变速单元之间互为空间布局结构, 同一变速单元内部的运动仍 为平面运动, 也即: 变速臂的运动仍为平面运动。 而本图中变速机构属 空间变速类型, 变速臂的运动为空间运动。 如图所示: 功率流由输入轴According to the comparative analysis of the shifting mechanism in FIG. 48, the shifting mechanism of FIG. 48 is still a flat shifting type, and only the spatial layout structure between different shifting units is provided, and the movement inside the same shifting unit is still It is a plane motion, that is, the movement of the shift arm is still a plane motion. In the figure, the speed change mechanism is a type of space speed change, and the movement of the speed change arm is space movement. As shown: Power flow from input shaft
4输入, 经同步带轮 1、 同步带 2 直接牵动变速杆 8作等效于同步带循 环运行轨迹的空间摆运动, 本图例为往复类型, 在变速杆输出端由齿轮 齿条机构经超越离合器输出单向转矩(也可采取其它方式, 参见前文)。 无级调节变速杆旋转中心轴 9的位置则可无级改变传动比。 由于变速杵 为空间运动, 所以其对应运动副为空间运动副, 图例所示为组合式摆环 机构。 其中, 同步带运行轨迹由专门限位导向轨道限位约束, 具有极高 的运动精度。 显见: 空间类型与平面类型无级变速机理相似, 不同之处 在于: 将变速杆的平面摆动或转动变为了空间摆动(也可看成是多相平 面摆动变速机构的空间组合进行分析)。 对于空间变速器的不同类型, 其主要区别在于经变速杆变速后的运动输出环节, 运动输入环节一般采 取由同步带轮将动力传输到同步带上, 同步带与变速杆呈铰链连接, 所 以, 同步带的运行轨迹将决定变速杆的空间运动轨迹; 其运动输出方式 可采取往复型或连续旋转型, 往复型的输出方式如图 50 所示 (可参照 平面往复变速型相关结构)。 连续旋转型的输出结构同样与平面变速型 机构相似, 可由对夹牵引带或电磁吸合牵引带方式输出; 如: 靠电磁吸 盘与牵引带的单向吸合牵引来输出单向连续转矩。 为了消除动力流的中 断, 可采取多机组错相位布置方案来解决。 为使锁速块顺利与牵引带进 入啮合, 设有轨道引导区。 此图为机构筒图, 空间型与平面型的输入 输出运动衔接机构基本相同, 其相关元件具体细节等机构可参考前文平 面变速类型的相应详图。 4 inputs, through the timing belt wheel 1, timing belt 2 directly drives the shift lever 8 for a space pendulum movement equivalent to the cyclic trajectory of the timing belt. This illustration is a reciprocating type. At the output end of the shift lever, a rack and pinion mechanism passes the overrunning clutch. Output one-way torque (other methods can also be adopted, see above). The stepless adjustment of the position of the rotation center shaft 9 of the shift lever can steplessly change the transmission ratio. Since the variable speed pestle is a space motion, its corresponding motion pair is a space motion pair. The illustration shows a combined pendulum ring mechanism. Among them, the trajectory of the timing belt is constrained by a special limit guide track limit, which has extremely high motion accuracy. It is obvious that the space type is similar to the plane type continuously variable transmission mechanism, except that the plane swing or rotation of the shift lever is changed to a space swing (also can be viewed as a space combination of a multi-phase plane swing transmission mechanism for analysis). For different types of space transmissions, the main difference lies in the motion output link after the gear lever is shifted. The motion input link generally adopts the timing belt wheel to transmit power to the timing belt. The timing belt is hinged with the shift lever. Therefore, the synchronization The running trajectory of the belt will determine the spatial trajectory of the shift lever; its motion output mode can adopt reciprocating or continuous rotation type. The output mode of the reciprocating type is shown in Figure 50 (refer to the related structure of the plane reciprocating variable speed type). The output structure of the continuous rotation type is also similar to that of the flat-speed transmission type, and can be output by the wafer traction belt or electromagnetic suction traction belt. For example, the one-way continuous traction is output by the one-way suction traction of the electromagnetic chuck and the traction belt. In order to eliminate the interruption of power flow, a multi-unit out-of-phase arrangement scheme can be adopted. In order to smoothly engage the lock block with the traction belt, a track guide area is provided. This figure is a diagram of the mechanism. The input and output motion coupling mechanisms of the space type and the plane type are basically the same. For details about the relevant components and other mechanisms, please refer to the corresponding detailed diagrams of the above-mentioned flat-speed transmission types.
综述语: 1 : 为了获取连续功率流输出, 可设置多相机构交替接力 工作。 2: 其空间变速杠杆的 "类圆锥摆或棱锥摆、 空间摆" 式运行轨 迹截面可以是: 圆形、 椭圆形、 三角形、 矩形、 六边形等多边形, 也可 以是: 变形曲线以及组合曲线, 如图 8、 9、 10所示。 3: 对于此类空间 变速器, 其作空间运动变速杆的旋转中心点需用空间运动副约束, 可采 用现有通用空间球轴承, 如: 关节球轴承、 三维自由度组合式摆环等机 构。 Summary: 1: In order to obtain continuous power flow output, a multi-phase mechanism can be set to work alternately. 2: The "travel cone-like or pyramidal pendulum, space pendulum" type running track cross-section of its spatial shifting lever can be circular, oval, triangular, rectangular, hexagonal, etc. So: deformation curves and combined curves, as shown in Figures 8, 9, and 10. 3: For this type of space transmission, the center of rotation of the space motion gearshift lever needs to be restricted by a space motion pair. Existing general space ball bearings can be used, such as: joint ball bearings, three-dimensional degrees of freedom combined ring and other mechanisms.
注释:  Notes:
注 1 : 在本文变速器基础上再配装其它有级变速器组合形成的派生 系列变速器, 可获得更广的变速范围及更大的承载功率。  Note 1: On the basis of this transmission, the derivative series transmission formed by combining other stepped transmissions can obtain a wider transmission range and greater load capacity.
注 2: 为减小摩擦, 所有滑动副均可用滚动副代替; 为简化结构, 所有的滚动副可用滑动副代替(滑动副包括: 滑动移动副、 滑动转动副; 滚动副包括: 滚动移动副、 滚动转动副)。  Note 2: In order to reduce friction, all sliding pairs can be replaced by rolling pairs; In order to simplify the structure, all rolling pairs can be replaced by sliding pairs (sliding pairs include: sliding moving pairs, sliding rotating pairs; rolling pairs include: rolling moving pairs, Scroll and rotate the pair).
注 3: 本文给出的变速理论, 重点包括 "等角速同形位运动原理"、 "等角速同向翻转位似性变速原理,,, 可用于指导变速设计, 其理论模 型、 实施例模型、 示意筒图、 机构简图、 具体实施例等表达形式公开的
Figure imgf000052_0001
Note 3: The shifting theory given in this article focuses on the "principle of isokinetic isomorphic motion" and "equal angular velocity reversal position similarity shifting principle", which can be used to guide the design of shifting, its theoretical model, embodiment model , Schematic tube diagrams, mechanism diagrams, specific embodiments, etc.
Figure imgf000052_0001
采取本文公开的任一模型、 机构、 部件的技术范畴交叉重组相互搭配组 合机构方案及此技术范畴的各种不同应用领域实例均在本发明的保护 范围之内。 凡擅自釆取此变速原理用于变速设计、 应用的一切行为均属 侵权行为。 The technical category of any model, mechanism, and component disclosed herein is cross-recombined and combined with each other, and the combined mechanism scheme and examples of various application fields in this technical category are all within the protection scope of the present invention. Any unauthorized use of this shifting principle for the design and application of shifting is an infringement.
注 4: 本专利附图目的仅为简要说明本专利的设施构思、原理结构, 旨在用最少附图清楚表现专利公开内容, 明确表达重点结构, 因此, 采 取了 "详筒并茂" 的表述方式, 即: 筒图详图组合方式绘制附图; 同时, 为减小图幅量, 相似结构的图示不再画出其它方向视图及剖视、 放大等 详图; 且文中的标准件、 通用件、 以及无特定意义、 或无专用功能的零 部件, 在不同图中均采取了统一名称及件号, 以便更筒洁明了, 如: 输 入轴、 输出轴等, 看图时请前后参考对照 Note 4: The purpose of the drawings in this patent is only to briefly explain the facility concept and principle structure of the patent. The purpose is to clearly express the patent disclosure with the minimum number of drawings and clearly express the key structure. Therefore, the expression of "detailed details" is adopted. In other words, in order to reduce the size of the drawing, the drawings of similar structures will not be drawn in other directions, cross-sections, or enlarged details; and the standard parts and general Parts, and parts without special meaning or special functions, have adopted a uniform name and part number in different drawings, so as to be more clear and clear, such as: Input shaft, output shaft, etc.

Claims

权利要求书 Claim
1. 一种机械无级变速器, 至少包括: 输入轴、 输出轴、 变速机构和 机架, 其特征是:  1. A mechanical continuously variable transmission comprising at least: an input shaft, an output shaft, a transmission mechanism, and a frame, characterized in that:
变速机构包括一相或至少两相输入、 输出运动转换机构, 以及一相 或至少两相输入、 输出变速单元; 输入、 输出运动转换机构是旋转 /往复 直线运动转化机构, 或者是旋转 /单向直线运动转化机构,每一变速单元 中至少包括一组变速臂和运动传输机构; 同相中的任一组对应关联的输 入、 输出变速单元中至少有一变速单元中的变速臂或变速杆的有效长度 无级可调;  The transmission mechanism includes a one-phase or at least two-phase input and output motion conversion mechanism, and a one-phase or at least two-phase input and output speed conversion unit; the input and output motion conversion mechanism is a rotary / reciprocating linear motion conversion mechanism, or a rotary / unidirectional Linear motion conversion mechanism, each transmission unit includes at least one group of transmission arm and motion transmission mechanism; at least one corresponding input and output transmission unit in the same phase, at least one of the effective length of the transmission arm or lever in the transmission unit Stepless adjustable
同相中的任一组对应关联的输入、 输出变速单元之间的变速臂或变 速杆以具有共同转轴的固定方式连接, 输入、 输出变速臂或变速杆之间 夹角是 180度或其它任意角度, 各运动传输机构通过转动副, 或转动副 和移动副, 与变速臂或变速杆相连, 各运动传输机构的有效运动轨迹与 对应变速臂或变速杆的即时几何关系满足等角速同向翻转位似性变速 特性关系;  The shift arm or shift lever between any corresponding set of corresponding input and output shift units in the same phase is connected in a fixed manner with a common rotating shaft. The angle between the input and output shift arm or shift lever is 180 degrees or any other angle Each motion transmission mechanism is connected to a shift arm or a shift lever through a rotating pair, or a rotating pair and a moving pair. The effective motion trajectory of each motion transmission mechanism and the instant geometric relationship of the corresponding shift arm or shift lever satisfy the same angular velocity in the same direction. Relativistic variable speed characteristic relationship;
或者: 同相中的任一组对应关联的输入、 输出变速单元之间的变速 臂或变速杆通过等角速传动机构, 或等角速传动机构与平面、 空间运动 转换传动机构组合而成的等角速传动组合机构 , 进行等角速传动连接, 各运动传输机构通过转动副, 或转动副和移动副, 与变速臂或变速杆相 连, 各运动传输机构的有效运动轨迹与对应变速臂或变速杆的即时几何 关系相互间满足等角速同向翻转位似性变速特性关系;  Or: Any group of corresponding input and output transmission units in the same phase, correspondingly, the transmission arm or the transmission lever are formed by a constant angular velocity transmission mechanism, or a combination of a constant angular velocity transmission mechanism and a plane or space motion conversion transmission mechanism, etc. The angular speed transmission combination mechanism is used for constant angular speed transmission connection. Each motion transmission mechanism is connected to a shift arm or a shift lever through a rotating pair, or a rotating pair and a moving pair. The effective motion trajectory of each motion transmission mechanism is corresponding to the corresponding shift arm or shift. The real-time geometric relationship of the rods satisfies the relationship of the similar shifting characteristics of constant angular velocity and the same direction flipping position;
或者: 同相中的任一组对应关联的输入、 输出变速单元之间的变速 臂或变速杆以具有共同空间三维转轴的固定方式连接, 输入、 输出变速 臂或变速杆之间夹角可以是 180度或其它任意角度, 各运动传输机构通 过空间转动副, 或空间转动副和移动副, 与变速臂或变速杆相连, 各运 动传输机构的有效运动轨迹与对应变速臂或变速杆的即时几何关系相 互间满足等角速同向翻转位似性变速特性关系; Or: The shift arm or shift lever between any of the corresponding input and output shift units in the same phase is connected in a fixed manner with a three-dimensional rotating shaft in a common space. The angle between the input and output shift arms or the shift lever can be 180 Degrees or any other angle, each motion transmission mechanism communicates The space rotation pair, or the space rotation pair and the movement pair, are connected to a shift arm or a shift lever, and the effective motion trajectory of each motion transmission mechanism and the instantaneous geometric relationship of the corresponding shift arm or shift lever satisfy each other in the same angular velocity and the same direction. Similarity shift characteristic relationship;
或者: 同相中的任一组对应关联的输入、 输出变速单元之间的变速 臂或变速杆通过空间等角速传动机构, 或空间等角速传动机构与平面、 空间运动转换传动机构組合而成的空间等角速传动组合机构, 进行等角 速传动连接,各运动传输机构通过空间转动副,或空间转动副和移动副, 与变速臂或变速杆相连, 各运动传输机构的有效运动轨迹与对应变速臂 或变速杆的即时几何关系相互间满足等角速同向翻转位似性变速特性 关系;  Or: The shift arm or shift lever between any corresponding input and output shift units in the same phase is formed by a space iso angular speed transmission mechanism, or a space iso angular speed transmission mechanism and a plane and space motion conversion transmission mechanism. The space constant angular speed transmission combination mechanism is used for constant angular speed transmission connection. Each motion transmission mechanism is connected to the shift arm or the shift lever through the space rotation pair, or the space rotation pair and the movement pair. The effective motion trajectory of each motion transmission mechanism is The real-time geometric relationship of the corresponding shift arm or lever meets the relationship of the similar shifting characteristics of constant angular velocity in the same direction;
其中, 等角速同向翻转位似性变速特性关系是指: 在任一时刻, 同 相中处于有效变速空间内的任一变速单元中的变速臂或变速杆与对应 运动传输件运动轨迹的即时几何关系可由另一处于有效变速空间内的 变速单元中的变速臂或变速杆与其对应运动传输件运动轨迹的即时几 何关系通过同向空间翻转变换而获得。  Among them, the relationship between the isochronous velocity and the same-direction reversing positional similarity transmission characteristics refers to: the real-time geometry of the motion trajectory of the transmission arm or lever and the corresponding motion transmission member in any transmission unit in the same transmission space in the same phase The relationship can be obtained from the real-time geometric relationship between the shift arm or the shift lever in another shift unit in the effective shift space and the motion trajectory of its corresponding motion transmission member through the same-direction space transformation.
2.一种机械无级变速器, 至少包括: 输入轴、 输出轴、 变速机构、 机架, 其特征是:  2. A mechanical continuously variable transmission comprising at least: an input shaft, an output shaft, a transmission mechanism, and a frame, which are characterized by:
各运动传输机构的有效运动轨迹与对应变速臂或变速杆的即时几 何关系相互间满足非等角速同向翻转位似性变速特性关系;  The effective motion trajectory of each motion transmission mechanism and the instantaneous geometrical relationship of the corresponding shift arm or lever satisfy the non-equal angular velocity co-rotating positional similarity shift characteristic relationship;
或者, 各变速单元中变速臂或变速杆的旋转角速度不等, 或者各变 速单元中变速臂或变速杆的旋转角速度成 1: 1之外的比例;  Or, the rotational angular velocity of the shift arm or the shift lever in each shift unit is different, or the rotational angular velocity of the shift arm or the shift lever in each shift unit is a ratio other than 1: 1;
或者, 变速臂或变速杆旋转中心在变速臂或变速杆所在直线之外。 Alternatively, the center of rotation of the shift arm or the shift lever is outside the line where the shift arm or the shift lever is located.
3.根据权利要求 1所述的无級变速器, 其特征是: The continuously variable transmission according to claim 1, characterized in that:
输入旋转 /往复直线运动转化机构至少包括:  The input rotary / reciprocating linear motion conversion mechanism includes at least:
输入轴(4 )、 同步带轮(1 )、 同步带(2 )、 转动副 (7 )、 滑杆(3 )、 移动副、 和运动输入件(6), 输入轴(4)与同步带轮 (1) 固轴联接、 同步带 (2)通过转动副 (7) 与滑杆(3)联接, 滑杆再通过移动副与 运动输入件(6)联接; Input shaft (4), timing belt wheel (1), timing belt (2), rotating pair (7), slider (3), The moving pair and the motion input member (6), the input shaft (4) is fixedly connected to the timing belt pulley (1), and the timing belt (2) is connected to the sliding rod (3) through the rotating pair (7), and the sliding rod passes through The mobile pair is connected with the motion input (6);
或者, 输入旋转 /往复直线运动转化机构至少包括: 输入轴、 同步带 轮、同步带及相应的移动副、转动副,作为运动输入件的输入锁速枕( 22 ) 分别与输入锁速轨道(23)、 滑块(20)构成移动副联接, 同步带(2) 与滑块(20)通过销轴 (19)、 转动副 (7)联接;  Alternatively, the input rotary / reciprocating linear motion conversion mechanism includes at least: an input shaft, a timing belt wheel, a timing belt, and a corresponding moving pair and a rotating pair, and the input speed lock (22) as a motion input piece is respectively connected to the input speed lock track ( 23). The slider (20) constitutes the joint of the moving pair, and the timing belt (2) and the slider (20) are coupled through the pin (19) and the rotary pair (7);
或者, 输入旋转 /往复直线运动转化机构至少包括: 直动从动件圆柱 凸轮机构, 圆柱凸轮(84)为旋转运动主动件, 输入锁速枕 (22)与滚 轮(34) 固连构成滚轮直动从动件, 其凸轮轮廊曲线为可使直动从动件 的运动规律达到与本权项中第 1、 2种输入旋转 /往复直线运动转化机构 中所述的同步带、 同步带轮式运动转换机构中的输入锁速枕 ( 22 )运动 规律等效的轮廓曲线; 其圆柱凸轮机构是内壁设有工作轮廓的圆柱凸 轮运动转换机构, 或者是: 双滚轮凹型轮廓槽圆柱凸轮机构 或双滚轮 凸型轮廓槽圆柱凸轮机构; 凸轮轮廓曲线为双周期或多周期式;  Alternatively, the input rotary / reciprocating linear motion conversion mechanism includes at least: a linear cam follower cylindrical cam mechanism, the cylindrical cam (84) is a rotary motion active part, and the input speed lock (22) and the roller (34) are fixedly connected to form a roller straight The cam follower curve of the moving follower is such that the timing of the movement of the linear follower can reach the timing belt and timing belt wheel described in the first and second types of input rotary / reciprocating linear motion conversion mechanism The input lock speed bolster (22) in the type motion conversion mechanism has an equivalent contour curve; the cylindrical cam mechanism is a cylindrical cam motion conversion mechanism with a working contour on the inner wall, or a double roller concave contour groove cylindrical cam mechanism or Double-roller convex contour grooved cylindrical cam mechanism; cam contour curve is double-cycle or multi-cycle
或者, 输入旋转 /往复直线运动转化机构至少包括: 直动从动件盘形 凸轮转换机构, 其凸轮轮廓曲线为可使直动从动件的运动规律达到与本 权项中第 1、 2种输入旋转 /往复直线运动转化机构中所述的同步带、 同 步带轮式运动转换机构中的输入锁速枕 ( 22 )运动规律等效的轮廓曲线; 其盘形凸轮机构是: 双滚轮凹型轮廓槽盘形凸轮机构或 双滚轮凸型轮 廓槽盘形凸轮机构; 凸轮轮廓曲线为双周期或多周期式; 输出旋转 /往复直线运动转化机构至少包括:  Alternatively, the input rotation / reciprocating linear motion conversion mechanism includes at least: a linear cam follower disc cam conversion mechanism, the cam profile curve of which enables the motion regularity of the linear follower to reach the first and second types in the claim. The contour curve equivalent to the motion regularity of the input speed lock (22) in the timing belt and timing belt wheel type motion conversion mechanism described in the input rotary / reciprocating linear motion conversion mechanism; its disc cam mechanism is: a double roller concave contour Groove disc cam mechanism or double-roller convex contour groove disc cam mechanism; cam contour curve is double-cycle or multi-cycle; output rotation / reciprocating linear motion conversion mechanism includes at least:
运动输出件(10)、 齿轮齿条机构、 超越离合器(14)、 输出轴 (13), 运动输出件(10)与齿条相连, 齿轮与超越离合器(14)一端相连, 超 越离合器另一端与输出轴 (13)相连; The motion output (10), the rack and pinion mechanism, the overrunning clutch (14), the output shaft (13), the motion output (10) is connected to the rack, and the gear is connected to one end of the overrunning clutch (14). The other end of the clutch is connected to the output shaft (13);
或者, 输出旋转 /往复直线运动转化机构至少包括:  Alternatively, the output rotation / reciprocating linear motion conversion mechanism includes at least:
输出锁速枕(26)、 齿奈(11)、 齿轮(12)、 和超越离合器; 输出 锁速枕(26)与齿条(11)相固连, 齿条(11 )通过与齿轮(12)啮合, 该齿轮与另一相同齿轮啮合, 两齿轮分别与一超越离合器相连, 两超越 离合器分别通过另一端轴上齿轮与一公用齿轮啮合输出单向转矩; 或者 该输出转换机构是: 在与齿条 合的齿轮两侧各装一超越离合器, 两超 越离合器分别通过锥齿轮与一公用锥齿轮嗤合输出单向转矩;  The output lock speed pillow (26), the gear (11), the gear (12), and the overrunning clutch; the output lock speed pillow (26) is fixedly connected to the rack (11), and the rack (11) passes through the gear (12) ) Meshing, the gear meshes with another identical gear, and the two gears are connected to an overrunning clutch, respectively, and the two overrunning clutches respectively output a one-way torque through meshing with a gear on the other end shaft; or the output conversion mechanism is: An overrunning clutch is installed on each side of the gear that is engaged with the rack, and the two overrunning clutches respectively output a one-way torque through a bevel gear and a common bevel gear;
或者, 输出旋转 /往复直线运动转化机构为: 输出锁速枕(26)经传 动销 (29)将动力传递与同步带(2)、 同步带轮(1), 转化为旋转运动 后输入择流离合器主轴 (30), 择流离合器主轴与择流摆盘(38)之间 通过滑键(37)联接, 控制动力传动轴(36)与输入端动力轴相连, 引 入控制动力'流经配速传动链传递于控制凸轮(35), 控制凸轮轮廓曲线 为能控制择流摆盘进行择流整形的特定曲线, 适时控制滚轮(34)的位 移, 滚轮的位移量经择流传动架(33)、 回转支撑 (43)传递于择流摆 盘(38)上, 控制其与左右两侧锥齿轮配流盘(32) 的离合时序步调, 完成对往复转矩功率流的整流处理, 最后经锥齿轮传动组(31)将左右 两锥齿轮配流盘功率流并流后经输出轴输出; 或者: 择流传动架( 33 ) 与择流摆盘 (38)之间可通过择流加压盘(39)、 推力轴承(40)、 径向 轴承(41 )组成回转支撑机构传递择流压紧力; 或者: 择流离合器可采 用平面圆柱齿轮配流盘代替空间圆锥齿轮配流盘; 或者: 择流离合器与 输出端同步带轮的连接方式可釆取: 同步带轮输出的往复转矩直接传递 与锥齿轮配流盘, 靠择流摆盘周期性地与左右两侧往复旋转配流盘的离 合来完成择流整形、 择取单向旋转动力, 并通过与之呈滑键联接的择流 离合器主轴将整流后的单向转矩输出; 其择流离合器主轴与择流摆盘可 采取能传递扭矩的滚动接触式移动副联接, 行程较长时可采取具有钢球 循环轨道的滚动式移动副, 或者采取两个或两个以上的圆柱截面或非圓 柱截面滚动接触式移动副标准件并列平行非共轴布置并作一根轴使用; 或者: 对择流摆盘的牵引控制可采取具有自锁功能的连杆机构 (61)进 行, 或采取具有双重锁定效果的曲柄连杆机构 (64)、 连杆增力锁定机 构 (65)来完成; 或者可采取自封闭内力加压装置: 钳式对夹施力加 压装置, 在夹紧施力端可加装触压滚轮 (74)形成滚动接触, 或者: 采取 自封闭对压施力型凸轮装置, 中间可动施压件与两侧静止承载件构成封 闭对压施力装置, 或采取静止承载件( 71 )与偏心凸轮施压机构 ( 67 ) 的固定机架相连、 中间可动施压件(70)与偏心凸轮机构 (67)的可动 件平动框部分相连 构成封闭施压装置, 或中间可动施压件(70)与油 缸活塞杆 (73)相连, 两侧静止承载件(71) 与缸体相连构成液力加压装 置; 施压件与择流摆盘、 配流盘之间可加装回转支撑、 推力轴承、 加 压滚轮(72); 其牵引加压动力可直接来自电磁、 液压、 气动、 机械、 偏心凸轮施压装置中的至少一种动力源, 或者采取远程牵引控制; 在 凸轮、 择流传动架、 择流摆盘之间可串加弹性緩冲装置 (62) 或在滚 轮(34)与凸轮槽的接触工作面包附弹性材料, 滚轮与凸轮槽之间的接 触可以为滚动接触或流体润滑滑动接触; 或者实现择流整形的离合器 可以是靠电磁吸引力代替机械压紧力的电磁择流离合器, 其电磁吸盘Alternatively, the output rotation / reciprocating linear motion conversion mechanism is: the output speed lock (26) converts the power transmission and the timing belt (2) and the timing belt wheel (1) via the transmission pin (29) into a rotation motion and inputs the current selection The clutch main shaft (30), the selective clutch main shaft and the selective wobble plate (38) are connected through a sliding key (37), the control power transmission shaft (36) is connected to the input end power shaft, and the control power is introduced to flow through the speed The transmission chain is transmitted to the control cam (35), and the contour curve of the control cam is a specific curve that can control the current-selective wobble plate for current-selective shaping. The displacement of the roller (34) is controlled in a timely manner. The displacement of the roller is passed through the current-selective transmission frame (33). The slewing support (43) is transmitted to the current-selective wobble plate (38), and controls the clutch timing step with the bevel gear distribution plate (32) on the left and right sides to complete the rectification of the reciprocating torque power flow, and finally passes the bevel gear The transmission group (31) outputs the power flow of the left and right bevel gear distribution plates in parallel, and then outputs them through the output shaft; or: The flow selection pressure plate (39) can be passed between the flow selection drive frame (33) and the flow selection wobble plate (39). ), Thrust bearing (40), radial bearing (41) The slewing support mechanism transmits the selective pressure; or: The selective clutch can use a flat cylindrical gear distribution plate instead of the space bevel gear distribution plate; or: The connection between the selective clutch and the output timing pulley can be picked up: Synchronous pulley The output reciprocating torque is directly transmitted to the bevel gear flow plate, and the flow selection plate is periodically coupled with the left and right reciprocating rotation flow plates to complete the flow selection and shaping, and the unidirectional rotating power is selected and slipped with it. The coupling-selective clutch main shaft outputs a rectified one-way torque; Adopt rolling contact type mobile pair that can transmit torque. For long stroke, you can adopt rolling type mobile pair with steel ball circulation track, or adopt two or more cylindrical or non-cylindrical section rolling contact type mobile pair. The pieces are arranged in parallel and non-coaxially and used as one shaft; or: The traction control of the current-selective wobble plate can be performed by a link mechanism (61) with a self-locking function, or a crank link mechanism with a double locking effect (64) The connecting rod force-increasing locking mechanism (65) can be completed; or a self-closing internal force pressurizing device can be adopted: a clamp-type clamping force applying pressure device, and a pressure roller (74) can be installed at the clamping force applying end Rolling contact, or: Adopt a self-closing pressure-applying force cam device, the middle movable pressure member and the static bearing members on both sides form a closed pressure-applying force device, or take a static bearing member (71) and an eccentric cam pressure mechanism The fixed frame of (67) is connected, and the middle movable pressure member (70) is connected with the movable frame of the eccentric cam mechanism (67) to form a closed pressure applying device, or the middle movable pressure member 70) It is connected with the piston rod (73) of the oil cylinder, and the static bearing parts (71) on both sides are connected with the cylinder body to form a hydraulic pressurizing device; slewing support and thrust can be installed between the pressure member and the selective swing plate and the distribution plate Bearings, pressurizing rollers (72); the traction pressurizing power can come directly from at least one of the power sources of electromagnetic, hydraulic, pneumatic, mechanical, eccentric cam pressure devices, or take remote traction control; An elastic cushioning device (62) may be added in series between the frame and the selective swing plate, or the contact between the roller (34) and the cam groove is covered with elastic material. The contact between the roller and the cam groove may be rolling contact or fluid lubrication Sliding contact; or the clutch that realizes current shaping can be an electromagnetic current selective clutch that replaces mechanical pressing force by electromagnetic attraction, and its electromagnetic chuck
(79) 工作电流由电环 (77)、 电刷 (76)经外部控制电路引入, 电磁 吸盘设置在两侧配流盘内, 可动择流盘片 (80)与导流盘 (82)之间通 过凸凹间隙配合的短行程移动副联结, 二者间由复位簧(81) 牵连, 配 流盘上设有弹垫(78), 导流盘 (82)与择流离合器主轴间呈固定联结; 或者 受配流盘内电磁吸盘牵引进行择流整形的元件可以是择流摆盘(79) The working current is introduced by the electric ring (77) and the brush (76) through an external control circuit. An electromagnetic chuck is arranged in the two side distribution plates. The movable selection plate (80) and the deflector plate (82) A short-stroke mobile pair is fitted through a convex-concave gap between the two, and the two are implicated by a return spring (81). A spring pad (78) is arranged on the flow plate, and the guide plate (82) is fixedly connected with the main shaft of the selective clutch; Or the element that is selected by the electromagnetic chuck in the flow plate for flow shaping can be a flow selection plate
(38); 或者电磁吸盘可设置在导流盘 (82) 内, 而将可动衔铁择流摩 擦盘片 (80 )通过移动副与两侧配流盘相连。 (38); Or the electromagnetic chuck can be set in the deflector (82), and the movable armature can be selected The wiper disc (80) is connected to the two side distribution discs through a moving pair.
4.根据权利要求 1所述的无级变速器, 其特征是, 所述的输入、 输 出旋转 /单向直线运动转化机构为:  4. The continuously variable transmission according to claim 1, wherein the input / output rotation / unidirectional linear motion conversion mechanism is:
竖向对夹牵引型: 至少包括输入轴、输出轴,相互平行对置的输入、 输出牵引同步带 , 输入、 输出牵引同步带轮, 张紧轮, 加压装置, 输 入轴( 4 )输入动力流经牵引同步带轮( 90 )导入平型金属牵引带( 105 ), 输入输出牵引带组分别由两平行并列对置牵引带组成, 两对置牵引带的 工作边运行方向相同且速度同步, 各牵引带工作面由加压装置对其施 压, 加压装置包括加压体(102 )、 加压辊(103 )、 加压链板 ( 104 ), 将 进入其中的锁速块紧紧夹紧以靠摩擦牵引传动方式传递功率; 其加压牵 引方式或者采取单侧牵引带对锁速块进行单侧压合牵引, 另一侧则安置 平衡承压装置; 其中, 加压装置包括加压体(102 )、 加压辊(103 )、 加压链板(104 )、 链板张紧轮(106 ), 加压体的压力经加压辊传到加压 链板上, 加压链板为链板销 (116 )铰接的单排凸凹插合搭接的链板所 组成, 或者由两排链板相互交错搭接组合而成, 加压链板另一侧与牵引 带内侧面接触, 加压体(102 ) 的加压动力是预压弹簧力、 机械刚性力、 电磁力、 或液压气动力; 其压紧方式采取弹性浮动方式或刚性方式; 或者, 所述的输入、输出旋转 /单向直线运动转化机构为横向对夹牵 引型: 至少包括输入轴、 输出轴, 相互平行对置的输入、 输出牵引同步 带 , 输入、 输出牵引同步带轮, 张紧轮, 加压装置; 牵引带与锁速块 的结合方式采取横向对夹牵引,侧置式锁速块( 128 )的锁速定位座( 111 )、 锁速旋转轴(112 )、 径向轴承(41 )、 移动副套(100 ) 均在锁速块的承 压牵引体(129 ) 的外侧部; 其锁速块是承压牵引体单侧设置型, 或者, 在移动副套(100 ) 两侧对称设置承压牵引体;  Vertical clip traction type: At least input shaft and output shaft, input and output traction timing belts facing each other in parallel, input and output traction timing belt wheels, tensioning wheels, pressure devices, input shaft (4) input power Flow through the traction timing belt wheel (90) into the flat metal traction belt (105). The input and output traction belt groups are respectively composed of two parallel side-by-side opposite traction belts. The working surface of each traction belt is pressed by a pressure device. The pressure device includes a pressure body (102), a pressure roller (103), and a pressure chain plate (104). The power is transmitted by the friction traction transmission mode; the pressure traction mode or the unilateral traction belt is used to perform unilateral pressure traction on the lock block, and the other side is provided with a balance pressure device; wherein the pressure device includes pressure Body (102), pressure roller (103), pressure chain plate (104), chain plate tensioning wheel (106), the pressure of the pressure body is transmitted to the pressure chain plate through the pressure roller, and the pressure chain plate Single row hinged for chain plate pin (116) It is composed of chain plates connected by concave inserts or overlaps, or two rows of chain plates are overlapped and overlapped with each other. The other side of the pressure chain plate is in contact with the inner side of the traction belt. The pressure force of the pressure body (102) is Pre-compressed spring force, mechanical rigid force, electromagnetic force, or hydraulic pneumatic power; the compression method adopts the elastic floating method or the rigid method; or, the input / output rotation / unidirectional linear motion conversion mechanism is a lateral wafer traction Type: At least input shaft, output shaft, input and output traction timing belts facing each other in parallel, input and output traction timing belt wheels, tensioning wheels, pressure devices; the combination of the traction belt and the lock block adopts a horizontal alignment Clip traction, speed-locking positioning base (111), speed-locking rotating shaft (112), radial bearing (41), mobile auxiliary sleeve (100) of side-mounted speed-locking block (128) are all under pressure-locking traction of the speed-locking block The outer part of the body (129); the speed-locking block is a one-sided pressure-bearing traction body, or the pressure-bearing traction body is symmetrically arranged on both sides of the mobile auxiliary sleeve (100);
或者所述的输入、 输出旋转 /单向直线运动转化机构为电磁牽引型: 至少包括输入轴、 输出轴, 相互平行对置的输入、 输出牵引同步带 , 输入、 输出牵引同步带轮, 张紧轮, 加压装置; 牵引同步带与锁速块的 结合过程釆取电磁吸合牵引方式, 锁速块至少包括电磁吸盘(123 )、 锁 速定位座( 111 ) 径向轴承(41 )、锁速旋转轴( 112 )、 移动副套( 100 ), 对应的电磁牵引带为复合式电磁牵引带; 电磁吸盘工作电流由外部控制 电路经电刷、 电环、 滑动静触片、 动触片引入; 同一直线上的锁速块电 磁吸盘得电情况相同, 不同直线上的锁速块得电情况具有互锁性, 且使 处于最佳受力状态的锁速块优先工作;或者: 牵引带轮为双主动轮驱动; 或者: 锁速块两侧对称设有电磁吸盘, 采取双组牵引带传输功率; 或者: 电磁牵引带与电磁锁速块采取径向方式布置; 或者: 电磁牵引带用平型 金属牵引带; Or the input / output rotation / unidirectional linear motion conversion mechanism is an electromagnetic traction type: At least the input shaft and the output shaft, the input and output traction timing belts facing each other in parallel, the input and output traction timing belt wheels, the tensioning wheels, and the pressure device; the combination process of the traction timing belt and the speed lock block captures electromagnetic attraction According to the traction method, the speed lock block includes at least an electromagnetic chuck (123), a speed lock positioning base (111), a radial bearing (41), a speed lock rotation shaft (112), and a mobile auxiliary sleeve (100). The corresponding electromagnetic traction belt is Compound electromagnetic traction belt; The working current of the electromagnetic chuck is introduced by the external control circuit through the brush, electric ring, sliding static contact piece, and moving contact piece; the lock blocks on the same straight line have the same situation as the electromagnetic chucks, and the locks on different straight lines The speed of the speed block is interlocked, and priority is given to the speed lock block in the best force state; or: The traction belt wheel is driven by dual driving wheels; or: The two sides of the speed lock block are provided with electromagnetic suction cups. Double sets of traction belts transmit power; or: The electromagnetic traction belt and the electromagnetic lock block are arranged in a radial manner; or: Flat metal traction belts for electromagnetic traction belts;
其中, 所述输入、 输出运动转换机构结构相同, 具有互换性, 可统 称为: 旋转 /单向直线运动转化机构;  The input and output motion conversion mechanisms have the same structure and are interchangeable, and may be collectively referred to as: a rotary / unidirectional linear motion conversion mechanism;
5.根据权利要求 1所述的无级变速器, 其特征是, 所述有效变速臂 长度无级可调的变速臂或变速杆为:  The continuously variable transmission according to claim 1, wherein the effective transmission arm has a continuously adjustable transmission arm or a transmission lever:
在同一变速单元内, 运动传输件与变速臂或变速杆关系是: 变速臂 转轴固定、 运动传输件与变速臂之间呈移动副和转动副连接, 或者: 运 动传输件与变速臂之间呈转动副连接, 变速臂与转轴之间呈移动副和转 动副连接, 转轴位置具有可调性;  In the same transmission unit, the relationship between the motion transmission member and the transmission arm or the transmission lever is: the rotation axis of the transmission arm is fixed, the movement transmission member and the transmission arm are connected by a moving pair and a rotation pair, or: The rotating pair is connected, and the moving arm and the rotating pair are connected between the transmission arm and the rotating shaft, and the position of the rotating shaft is adjustable;
或者: 对于输入输出变速臂共线的结构模式, 变速杆与运动输入、 输出件、 变速旋转中心轴之间的关系是: 三者之间均含转动副连接, 且 三者中的任意两者之间又含移动副连接;  Or: For the collinear structure mode of the input and output shift arms, the relationship between the shift lever and the motion input, output, and variable speed rotation central axis is: The three include a rotation joint connection, and any two of the three Including mobile secondary connection;
或者: 变速杆 ( 8 )与一通过转动副( Ί )连接的具有旋转中心轴( 9 ) 的滑块(20 )呈移动副关系连接, 此滑块与具有固定调速轨道(27 ) 的 调速块(15 )呈转动副连接, 调速块(15 ) 与丝杆螺母调速装置(24 ) 的可动件螺母相连, 变速杆一端与锁速枕呈转动副连接, 另一端与滑块Or: The shift lever (8) is connected with a slider (20) with a rotation central axis (9) connected by a rotating pair (Ί) in a moving pair relationship, and this slider is connected with a regulating device having a fixed speed regulating track (27). The speed block (15) is connected with a rotating pair, and the speed control block (15) and the screw nut speed regulating device (24) The moving parts are connected with nuts, one end of the shift lever is connected with the speed lock of the lock pair, and the other end is connected with the slider.
( 20 ) 呈移动副连接, 滑块(20 )再与锁速枕呈转动副连接; (20) it is connected as a moving pair, and the slider (20) is connected with the speed lock as a rotating pair;
或者, 所述有效变速臂长度无级可调的变速臂或变速杆为连续旋转 型:  Alternatively, the continuously variable transmission arm or the transmission lever of the effective transmission arm length is a continuously rotating type:
变速旋转总成包括具有共同旋转中心的至少两个变速臂及与之呈 移动副配合的锁速块, 同一直线上的变速臂通过与径向轴承配合的同一 联接环固定连接, 不同直线上的变速臂通过具有共同旋转轴的不同联接 环连接, 在一定范围内具有彼此独立的转动自由度, 变速臂彼此间由越 位牵引簧(95 )相连, 变速旋转总成与旋转中心轴呈转动副连接, 旋转 中心轴与具有固定调速轨道的调速块相连; 变速臂总成采取不同联接环 轴向布置方式, 或者, 采取不同联接环径向布置方式; 变速臂总成是不 可拆一体型或采取螺栓联结的可拆型; 或者, 不同联接环轴向布置方案 进一步包括平衡加强肋体(119 ) 以进行对称连接; 或者, 夹角等于 90 度的变速臂固连于同一联接环上; 或者, 变速臂采取可伸缩性结构, 将 变速臂一分为二, 两部分通过伸缩移动副套(120 )呈移动副关系连接, 内侧部分与变速臂联接环相连, 外侧部分与锁速块呈转动副关系连接, 伸缩移动副套(120 ) 内部装置复位弹簧(81 ); 或者, 锁速块与变速臂 之间呈移动副关系联接, 同时锁速块本身能绕锁速旋转轴(112 ) 自由 转动;其中,所述的锁速块至少包括:锁速定位座( 111 )、径向轴承(41 )、 锁速旋转轴(112 )、 移动副套(100 )、 锁速块牵引耳板(101 )、 锁速块 承压连接体 ( 110 )、摩擦牽引面 (97)、导向滚轮 ( 98 ); 锁速旋转轴( II2 ) 与移动副套 (100)固联, 并通过径向轴承 (41)与锁速定位座 (111)形成转动 副联接, 锁速定位座( 111 )与锁速块牵引耳板( 101 )、 锁速块承压连接 体(110 )、 摩擦牵引面 (97 ) 固定联接组成锁速块主体框架, 锁速定 位座( 111 )和导向滚轮 ( 98 )一起与环形导轨( 91 )配合对锁速块的运 动轨迹进行约束导向;锁速块牵引耳板(101 )为扇形或外移偏置型; 锁 速块为两半对合型, 通过螺栓(114 )将两半联结一体; 在锁速定位座 ( 111 )上进一步包括导向对置滚轮 ( 113 ), 或者, 锁速定位座( 111 ) 为圆形, 其外表面装配有大径向滚动轴承; 或者, 锁速块是左右两半分 离型, 靠推力轴承(40 )承载牵引带对锁速块的压緊力; 环形导轨(91 ) 由轨道直线区 (工作区)、 弧线区 (过渡区)组成; 环形轨道是单轨型 或内外双轨型; The variable-speed rotation assembly includes at least two speed-changing arms having a common rotation center and a lock block that cooperates with the moving pair. The speed-shift arms on the same line are fixedly connected through the same coupling ring that cooperates with the radial bearing. The shifting arms are connected through different coupling rings with a common rotating shaft, and have independent degrees of freedom of rotation within a certain range. The shifting arms are connected by an offside traction spring (95). The variable-speed rotation assembly is connected with the rotation center shaft in a rotating pair. The rotating central shaft is connected to a speed regulating block with a fixed speed regulating track; the shift arm assembly adopts different axial arrangements of the coupling rings, or the radial arrangement of different coupling rings is adopted; the shift arm assembly is not an integral or Detachable type adopting bolt connection; Or, the axial arrangement scheme of different coupling rings further includes balanced reinforcing ribs (119) for symmetrical connection; or, the transmission arm with an angle equal to 90 degrees is fixed on the same coupling ring; or The shifting arm adopts a retractable structure, which divides the shifting arm into two, and the two parts move the auxiliary sleeve through telescoping (120) The moving pair is connected, the inner part is connected with the transmission arm coupling ring, the outer part is connected with the speed-locking block in a rotating pair relationship, and the telescoping mobile auxiliary sleeve (120) is equipped with a return spring (81) of the internal device; or, the speed-locking block is connected with the transmission arm. The speed-locking block itself can rotate freely about the speed-locking rotating shaft (112). The speed-locking block at least includes: a speed-locking positioning base (111), a radial bearing (41), Speed-locking rotating shaft (112), mobile auxiliary sleeve (100), speed-locking block traction lug (101), speed-locking block pressure connection body (110), friction traction surface (97), guide roller (98); lock The high-speed rotating shaft (II 2 ) is fixedly connected with the moving auxiliary sleeve (100), and forms a rotating pair connection with the speed-locking positioning base (111) through a radial bearing (41), and the speed-locking positioning base (111) is traction with the speed-locking block. The ear plate (101), the lock block pressure-connecting body (110), and the friction traction surface (97) are fixedly connected to form the lock block main frame, the speed lock positioning seat (111) and the guide roller (98) together with the ring guide ( 91) Cooperate with the operation of the lock block The moving trajectory is used for constraint guidance; the speed-locking block traction lug (101) is fan-shaped or shifted offset type; the speed-locking block is a two-half mating type, and the two halves are connected by a bolt (114); the speed-locking positioning seat (111) further includes a guide opposite roller (113), or the speed-locking positioning base (111) is circular, and the outer surface is equipped with large radial rolling bearings; or, the speed-locking block is a left and right half separated type, and The thrust bearing (40) carries the pressing force of the traction belt on the speed lock block; the ring guide (91) is composed of a track straight area (working area) and an arc area (transition area); the ring track is a single-track type or an internal and external double-track type;
或者, 所述有效变速臂长度无级可调的变速臂或变速杆为电磁型: 变速旋转总成至少包括变速盘(121 )、 径向轨道(122 )、 电磁锁速 块, 所有锁速块的移动副套( 100 )与变速盘( 121 )上径向轨道( 122 ) 相配合, 同时受环形导轨(91 )约束导向; 输出输入锁速块与变速盘通 过电磁牵引吸盘与牵引带进行吸合传输功率, 所有锁速块均匀分布在旋 转中心点可无级移动的变速盘体侧面上, 锁速块与变速盘体径向轨道呈 移动副连接, 同时能够沿自身转轴转动, 变速盘与旋转中心轴呈转动副 连接, 旋转中心轴与具有固定调速轨道的调速块相连; 或者, 变速旋 转总成至少包括所有变速臂固定联接于同一联接环上的固连变速臂总 成; 电磁吸盘为方形、 或扇形、 或外移偏置型, 或者, 锁速定位座进一 步包括径向滚动轴承; 或者, 变速臂采取可伸缩性结构, 将变速臂一分 为二, 两部分通过伸缩移动副套( 120 )呈移动副关系连接, 内^则部分 与变速臂联接环相连, 外侧部分与锁速块呈转动副关系连接, 伸缩移动 副套(120 ) 内部进一步包括复位弹簧(81 );  Alternatively, the continuously variable adjustable transmission arm or transmission lever of the effective transmission arm length is an electromagnetic type: the variable speed rotation assembly includes at least a transmission disc (121), a radial track (122), an electromagnetic lock block, and all the lock blocks The moving auxiliary sleeve (100) is matched with the radial track (122) on the speed change plate (121), and is guided by the ring guide (91) at the same time; the input and output lock blocks and the speed change plate are sucked by the electromagnetic traction suction cup and the traction belt. Combined with the transmission power, all the lock blocks are evenly distributed on the side of the speed-variable disc body that can be moved steplessly at the center of rotation. The speed-lock blocks are connected to the radial track of the shift body, and can be rotated along its own rotation axis. The rotating central shaft is connected with a rotating pair, and the rotating central shaft is connected with a speed regulating block having a fixed speed regulating track; or, the variable-speed rotation assembly includes at least all the fixed-speed transmission arm assemblies fixedly connected to the same coupling ring; electromagnetic The suction cup is square, or fan-shaped, or offset, or the speed-locking positioning base further includes a radial rolling bearing; or, the shifting arm is retractable The structure divides the shift arm into two, and the two parts are connected in a movable pair relationship through a telescopic movable auxiliary sleeve (120), and the inner part is connected with the shift arm coupling ring, and the outer part is connected in a rotational pair relationship with the lock block, and is telescopic. The moving auxiliary sleeve (120) further includes a return spring (81) inside;
或者, 所述有效变速臂长度无级可调的变速臂或变速杆为变异型: 各运动传输机构通过移动副、 转动副与变速杆连接, 且转动副与变速杆 连接点位置固定; 旋转中心轴与变速杆呈转动点位置可调的转动副连 接。 Alternatively, the continuously variable adjustable transmission arm or transmission lever of the effective transmission arm length is a variant: each motion transmission mechanism is connected to the transmission lever through a moving pair, a rotating pair, and the connection point of the rotating pair and the transmission lever is fixed; a rotation center The shaft is connected with a rotating pair whose shift point position is adjustable.
6. 根据权利要求 1所述的无级变速器, 其特征是输入、 输出变速 单元为: 6. The continuously variable transmission according to claim 1, wherein the input and output transmission units are:
输入输出变速单元位于同一水平位, 且对称布置, 输入、 输出变速 臂分离设置, 通过一组两端的头连接距离长度伸缩自由可变的等角速双 万向联轴器(132 )将两变速臂连接, 输入、 输出变速单元相互关系满 足所述等角速同向翻转位似性变速关系, 调速块 k的位置可无级移动以 便无级改变有效变速臂长度; 或者: 输入输出变速单元能够绕旋转中心 轴旋转任意角度布置, 构成空间变速型;  The input and output transmission units are located at the same horizontal position, and are symmetrically arranged. The input and output transmission arms are separated. The two angular transmissions (132) are connected by a set of constant-speed dual universal joints (132) that are freely variable in telescopic distance. The arms are connected, and the relationship between the input and output transmission units satisfies the similar angular velocity co-rotating positional similarity transmission relationship, and the position of the speed control block k can be steplessly changed to change the effective transmission arm length steplessly; or: It can be arranged at any angle around the rotation center axis to form a space-variable type;
或者: 两变速臂呈固定连接, 各锁速枕与调速块 k在调速时呈移 动副关系, 不调速时呈固定连接, 并通过相应转动副、 移动副与对应变 速臂相连构成变速装置, 调速块 k位置能够无级移动以便改变其与旋转 中心轴(9 ) 的距离来改变传动比; 或者: 采取空间变速型, 两变速臂 的固连方位以及该变速单元方位相应发生改变, 构成空间变速型; 或 者: 两变速臂通过等角速空间齿轮连接, 通过改变两变速单元相对运动 平面, 构成空间变速机构;  Or: The two shifting arms are fixedly connected, and each of the speed lock pillows and the speed control block k has a moving pair relationship when the speed is adjusted, and is fixedly connected when the speed is not adjusted, and the corresponding rotating pair and the mobile pair are connected to the corresponding shifting arm to form a speed change Device, the k position of the speed control block can be moved steplessly so as to change its distance from the rotation center axis (9) to change the transmission ratio; or: adopt a space shift type, the fixed position of the two shift arms and the position of the shift unit are changed accordingly To form a space transmission type; or: the two transmission arms are connected by a constant angular space gear, and a space transmission mechanism is formed by changing the relative movement plane of the two transmission units;
或者: 两变速单元共用一变速臂, 但距旋转中心轴距离不同, 调 速块 k位置无级可移;  Or: The two transmission units share a transmission arm, but the distance from the central axis of rotation is different, and the k position of the speed control block is infinitely movable;
或者: 输入输出变速臂通过空间等角速传动机构连接, 输入输出 变速单元能够在任意空间方位上设置, 具体包括:(a )、 输入输出变速臂 旋转中心轴均通过锥齿轮传动组(31 ) 改变运动平面, 并通过平面齿轮 ( 12 )与一公共超长直齿圓柱齿轮( 133 )相啮合实现两变速单元的运 动衔接, 调速时平面齿轮 ( 12 )相对超长直齿圆柱齿轮( 133 )发生轴 向移动; 或者: 在锥齿轮传动组(31 )与齿轮(12 )之间采取滑键移动 副 (134 )相连, 在传递扭矩同时可轴向移动; 或者两啮合齿轮(12 ) 是空间齿轮; (b )、 空间锥齿轮与变速臂旋转中心轴(9 ) 固连, 变速臂 与各自旋转中心轴(9 )之间通过滑键移动副 (134 )连接, 在传递扭矩 同时可轴向移动, 可转动式移动副调速块(135 )与旋转中心轴(9 )之 间呈转动移动副关系连接, 仅对旋转中心轴(9 ) 的径向平动位移量进 行约束, 二者之间既可自由转动又可轴向移动, 空间锥齿轮系的位置可 以移动以获得有效变速臂的无级改变。 Or: The input / output transmission arm is connected through a space-equivalent angular speed transmission mechanism, and the input / output transmission unit can be set in any spatial orientation, which specifically includes: (a), the rotation central axis of the input / output transmission arm is transmitted through a bevel gear transmission group (31) Change the plane of movement and mesh the two gear units with a common super long spur gear (133) by engaging the plane gear (12) with the common super long spur gear (133). When adjusting the speed, the flat gear (12) is relatively super long spur gear (133) ) Axial movement occurs; or: a sliding key pair (134) is connected between the bevel gear transmission group (31) and the gear (12), which can move axially at the same time when transmitting torque; or the two meshing gears (12) are Space gear; (b), the space bevel gear is fixedly connected to the rotation center axis of the speed change arm (9), and the speed change arm It is connected to the respective rotating central axis (9) by a sliding key moving pair (134), and can move axially at the same time when transmitting torque. The rotatable moving auxiliary speed regulating block (135) and the rotating center axis (9) show The rotating and moving pairs are connected in a relationship, and only the radial translational displacement of the rotation central axis (9) is restricted. The two can be freely rotated and moved axially. The position of the space bevel gear train can be moved to obtain an effective transmission arm. Stepless change.
7. 根据权利要求 6所述的无级变速器, 其特征是, 所述空间布局 型输入、 输出变速单元是: 所有机构类型均采取往复型变速结构, 或者 采取连续旋转型变速结构; 在往复型变速结构中, 用于等角速传动的齿 轮、 锥齿轮是完整齿轮, 或者是扇形齿轮。  7. The continuously variable transmission according to claim 6, wherein the space layout type input and output speed change units are: all mechanism types adopt a reciprocating speed change structure or a continuous rotation type speed change structure; In the speed-changing structure, a gear used for constant angular speed transmission, a bevel gear is a complete gear, or a sector gear.
8. 根据权利要求 1、 2、 3、 4、 5、 6、 7、 所述的无级变速器, 其 特征是变速系统为:输入轴(4 )输入动力流分别经左右齿轮传动组( 18 ) 分配于两相对称设置的变速机组中, 左右两相变速机组在结构上完全相 同, 但在运行步调上, 其工作相位差为 1/4或 3/4周期; 左右相机组的 控制凸轮(35 )各自独立使用, 或者, 用一个凸轮统一控制, 此情况下 两择流传动架上滚轮 ( 34 )安置在同一凸轮轮廊的不同位置处;  8. The continuously variable transmission according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 7, characterized in that the transmission system is: the input power flow of the input shaft (4) through the left and right gear transmission groups (18) The two left-phase and two-phase speed-changing units are identical in structure, but in the operation step, the working phase difference is 1/4 or 3/4 cycle; the control cams of the left-right camera group (35 ) Use each independently, or use a cam unified control, in this case, the rollers (34) on the two flow selection frames are arranged at different positions on the same cam wheel gallery;
或者: 利用一对传动齿轮输入功率流, 通过同一齿轮的两侧轴端分 别连接左右两相变速机组的同步带轮;  Or: Use a pair of transmission gears to input the power flow, and connect the left and right two-phase transmission units of the synchronous belt pulley through the shaft ends on both sides of the same gear;
或者, 直动从动件圆柱凸轮转换式变速器: 可在同一凸轮不同位置 处设置两相对称的变速机组, 其工作相位差为 1/4或 3/4周期, 凸轮轮 廓为单周期式, 或者为多周期式;  Or, a cylindrical cam conversion type of direct-acting follower: two symmetrical transmission units can be set at different positions of the same cam, the working phase difference is 1/4 or 3/4 cycle, the cam profile is single cycle, or Multi-cycle
或者, 直动从动件盘形凸轮转换式变速器: 将两相变速机组分别设 置在同一盘形凸轮两侧,盘形凸轮两侧的轮廓布局相位按相差 1/4或 3/4 周期布置; 两相变速机組的盘形凸轮连成一体, 或者为分离设置;  Or, a linear cam follower with a cam follower: The two-phase speed change unit is set on each side of the same disc cam, and the outline layout phases of the two sides of the disc cam are arranged in a 1/4 or 3/4 period difference; The disc cams of the two-phase transmission unit are connected as a whole, or they are provided separately.
或者, 连续旋转型: 设置两相或多相并列变速机组, 将总锁速块数 量平均分成两组或多组分相设置, 分相设置后, 相与相之间采取弹性连 接。 Or, continuous rotation type: Set up two-phase or multi-phase side-by-side variable speed units, divide the total number of speed lock blocks evenly into two or more component phases, and set the phases to adopt an elastic connection between phases. Pick up.
9.根据权利要求 1所述的无级变速器, 其特征是变速系统为: 运动 传输件的运动平面与变速臂或变速杆转动平面不在同一平面内, 但同相 中的不同变速单元的运动传输件运动轨迹与各自变速臂或变速杆的布 局关系仍遵循所述等角速同向翻转位似性变速关系。  9. The continuously variable transmission according to claim 1, wherein the transmission system is: a motion transmission member of a motion transmission member and a transmission arm or a shift lever rotation plane are not in the same plane, but are motion transmission members of different transmission units in the same phase. The layout relationship between the motion trajectory and the respective shift arm or shift lever still follows the similar shifting relationship of the same angular velocity in the same direction.
10.根据权利要求 3、 4、 5所述的无级变速器, 其特征是所述同步 带为:  The continuously variable transmission according to claim 3, 4, and 5, characterized in that the timing belt is:
平型牵引带, 具体包括: a、 金属型一一由多层打孔的薄型金属带 叠合而成的孔形金属薄片叠层同步带, 每层金属带上的孔层层对应形成 啮合孔, 与专用牵引同步带轮上啮合齿啮合; b、 非金属型一一由打孔 或坑的非金属平型带构成;  The flat type traction belt specifically includes: a. Metal type—a hole-shaped metal sheet laminated synchronous belt formed by stacking multiple layers of perforated thin metal belts, and the hole layers on each metal belt form corresponding meshing holes; , Meshing with the meshing teeth on the special traction synchronous pulley; b. Non-metallic type one-by-one punching or pitting non-metallic flat belt;
或者, 组合型牵引带, 具体包括: a、 平型带与齿形带的平行组合, 牵引带中间加压区为平型带, 两侧的同步牵引区为齿形带; b、 平型金 属带与非金属齿形带的分层组合, 内层为非金属齿形啮合层, 外层为铁 磁性金属薄片材料制造的电磁吸合牽引层; 或者, 电磁牵引带采用平型 金属牵引带。  Or, the combined traction belt specifically includes: a. A parallel combination of a flat belt and a toothed belt, the middle pressure zone of the traction belt is a flat belt, and the synchronous traction areas on both sides are toothed belts; b, flat metal The layered combination of the belt and the non-metal toothed belt, the inner layer is a non-metal toothed meshing layer, and the outer layer is an electromagnetic attracting traction layer made of a ferromagnetic metal sheet material; or, the electromagnetic traction belt is a flat metal traction belt.
PCT/CN2004/000576 2003-05-30 2004-05-31 A mechanical infinitely variable speed transmission WO2005001312A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CNB03140569XA CN100371628C (en) 2003-05-30 2003-05-30 Mechanical stepless speed gear with equal angular speed and shape-position and high gear ratio
CN03140569.X 2003-05-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2005001312A1 true WO2005001312A1 (en) 2005-01-06

Family

ID=33546190

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2004/000576 WO2005001312A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-05-31 A mechanical infinitely variable speed transmission

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN100371628C (en)
WO (1) WO2005001312A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104533983A (en) * 2014-12-20 2015-04-22 重庆钰康机械有限公司 Friction type cam unidirectional rotating mechanism
CN106838030A (en) * 2017-04-13 2017-06-13 青岛科技大学 A kind of angular speed universal coupling of axial displacement compensation
CN107939933A (en) * 2017-11-17 2018-04-20 中国人民解放军陆军装甲兵学院 A kind of gear connecting rod pulse-type continuously variable transmission
CN110084955A (en) * 2019-06-05 2019-08-02 聚龙股份有限公司 Brake apparatus and cash processing machine

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102996683B (en) * 2011-09-18 2015-04-08 陈伟 Braking force self-increasing mechanical brake
CN103001393A (en) * 2011-09-18 2013-03-27 吴小杰 Non-magnetic braking-force charged motor
CN104696490B (en) * 2013-12-05 2017-05-17 本田技研工业株式会社 Buncher
CN104314908B (en) * 2014-09-29 2016-08-17 无锡康柏斯机械科技有限公司 A kind of manual type enters backhaul bi-directional hydraulic system
CN105697708B (en) * 2016-03-11 2018-03-09 湘潭大学 A kind of mechanical variable-speed unit
CN108436562B (en) * 2018-05-25 2023-07-07 中国工程物理研究院化工材料研究所 Flexible overturning tool for automatically processing energetic materials
CN112145637A (en) * 2020-11-06 2020-12-29 张魁原 Novel continuously variable transmission
CN113836662B (en) * 2021-09-26 2023-04-25 电子科技大学 Dynamic identification and de-characterization repair method for design defects of cam curve groove mechanism
CN115253982B (en) * 2022-08-24 2024-04-02 江苏威凌生化科技有限公司 Equipment and method for purifying moxidectin
CN116989102B (en) * 2023-09-26 2023-11-28 江苏万基传动科技有限公司 Reversing and speed-changing robot RV speed reducer

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6296589B1 (en) * 1998-04-15 2001-10-02 Jin Liang Ni Gear engaging stepless speed variator with orientational on-off device
CN2524010Y (en) * 2002-01-19 2002-12-04 姚亮 Lever-type stepless variable-speed devices
CN1388329A (en) * 2002-04-10 2003-01-01 北京市机械工业管理局职工大学 Linkage bar type stepless pulsed speed regulating transmission mechanism

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1058777C (en) * 1994-07-08 2000-11-22 刘建堂 Multifunctional automatic stepless speed variator
CN2416279Y (en) * 2000-04-12 2001-01-24 万永立 Mechanical stepless speed changer

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6296589B1 (en) * 1998-04-15 2001-10-02 Jin Liang Ni Gear engaging stepless speed variator with orientational on-off device
CN2524010Y (en) * 2002-01-19 2002-12-04 姚亮 Lever-type stepless variable-speed devices
CN1388329A (en) * 2002-04-10 2003-01-01 北京市机械工业管理局职工大学 Linkage bar type stepless pulsed speed regulating transmission mechanism

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104533983A (en) * 2014-12-20 2015-04-22 重庆钰康机械有限公司 Friction type cam unidirectional rotating mechanism
CN106838030A (en) * 2017-04-13 2017-06-13 青岛科技大学 A kind of angular speed universal coupling of axial displacement compensation
CN106838030B (en) * 2017-04-13 2023-09-05 青岛科技大学 Axial displacement compensation equal-angular-speed universal coupling
CN107939933A (en) * 2017-11-17 2018-04-20 中国人民解放军陆军装甲兵学院 A kind of gear connecting rod pulse-type continuously variable transmission
CN110084955A (en) * 2019-06-05 2019-08-02 聚龙股份有限公司 Brake apparatus and cash processing machine

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN100371628C (en) 2008-02-27
CN1553064A (en) 2004-12-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2005001312A1 (en) A mechanical infinitely variable speed transmission
WO2006032206A1 (en) Sliding sheet type of variable-teeth gear
CN100465476C (en) Main gear down device
CN205479310U (en) Novel manual governing operating mechanism of belt formula separation cone pulley buncher
CN101482162B (en) Forward sleepless transmission device and method
CN201827305U (en) Sectional continuous stepless speed-change transmission system device
CN102146989B (en) Sectional continuous stepless speed-change transmission system device
CN105114583A (en) Double clutch mechanical speed changer of combined build-in type clutch mechanism
CN202441828U (en) Tooth-type automatic reversing device with adjustable frequencies and interval revolutions
CN204985588U (en) Make up two separation and reunion mechanical transmission of built -in clutch mechanism
CN110439982B (en) Connecting rod tooth-meshed type continuously variable transmission
CN205350220U (en) Reversing speed reducer
JPH06323395A (en) Mechanical transmission with infinite ratio gear
CN105626453B (en) A kind of motion inertia force balance method of piston compressor and piston compressor
CN211778831U (en) Homothetic differential speed reducer
CN201034149Y (en) Main retarding apparatus
CN203245784U (en) Screwdriver
CN2833239Y (en) Mechanical stepless automatic transmission
CN203130944U (en) Wide-range high-power continuously variable transmission
CN1945053A (en) Mechanical stepless automatic speed changer
CN202468885U (en) Crank connecting rod driving mechanism and punch press main driving system
CN201344234Y (en) Self-pressurized non-deflection metal belt type automobile stepless transmission
WO2020238816A1 (en) Co-located differential reducer
CN108406754A (en) A kind of leading screw servo articulated mechanical arm
CN103115119A (en) Wide-range high-power infinitely variable transmission

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase